601

Transcript

1 Approved by OMB COMMISSION FCC FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS 601 Form 3060 – 0798 Main and Instructions Est. Burden Avg. Information Response: Per 1.25 hours Application for Radio Service Authorization: FCC Telecommunications Bureau Wireless Safety Homeland Security and Bureau Public TO INDIVIDUALS REQUIRED BY THE NOTICE PRIVACY ACT OF 1974 AND REDUCTION PAPERWORK OF 1995 THE ACT have estimated that each response to this collection of information will take on average 1.25 hours. Our estimate includes th e time We the instructions, look through existing records, gather and maintain required data, and actually complete and review the form or read to If you have any comments on this estimate, or on how we can improve the collection and reduce the burd en it causes you, response. the Federal Communications Commission, AMD - PERM, Washington, write DC 20554, Paperwork Reduction Project (3060 - please We will also accept your comments via the Internet if 0798). you send them to [email protected] fcc.gov. Please do not send completed application to this address. forms sponsored not required to respond to a collection of information are by the Federal government, and the government may not You or sponsor this conduct collection unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number with this notice. This collection has been assigned OMB control number 3060 - 0798. The FCC is authorized under the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, to collect the personal information we request in this form. application We use the information you provide to determine whether approving this will is in the public interest. If we believe there may be a violation or potential violation of a statute, FCC regulation, rule or order, your application may be referred to t he Federal, state, or regulation local agency responsible for investigating, prosecuting, enforcing or implementing the statute, rule, or order. In certain adjudicative or court a or the (a) when body cases, the information in Justice your application may be disclosed to the Department of FCC; (b) any employee of the FCC; or (c) the United States Government, is a or party to a proceeding before the body or has an interest in the proceeding. All parties and entities doing business with the Commission must o btain a unique identifying number called the FCC Registration Failure Number (FRN) and supply it when doing business with the Commission. to provide the FRN may delay the processing of the application. This requirement is to facilitate compliance with the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 (DCIA). The FRN can be obtained through the FCC webpage at http://wireless.fcc.gov /uls (Select FCC Registration Number (FRN) electronically System ( Commission or by manually submitting FCC Form Registration 160. FCC Form 160 is available from the FCC’s CORES)) web site at or by calling the FCC’s Forms Distribution Center 800 - 418 - FORM (3676) . notice is required by th e Privacy Act of 1974, Public Law This 93 - 579, December 31, 1974, 5 U.S.C. Section 552a(e)(3) and the 104 Law Public October 1, 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3507. 13, - Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 601 - Main Form Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 1

2 Overview Schedule Purpose of C Form 601 m. is used to apply for Form for FCC It use] future for [Reserved purpose - multi a is stations, amend pending an authorization to operate radio Schedule D perform a variety of applications, modify existing licenses, and for Station Locations and Antenna Structures is The Schedule the Wireless other miscellaneous transactions in to and/or services radio (WTB) Bureau Telecommunications used the supply technical information for all transmit station Security Bureau (PSHSB) radio Public 6.1 and Fixed, Temporary Mobile, Safety and Homeland locations (including Fixed, services structures for all antenna Meter Control Stations), and this form include services. The WTB radio services that use is must that winners auction by except Microwave. It also used Personal Services, Mobile Services, Communications Public Private Land General Communications Services, file technica l data for international coordination or for an Wireless Services, Br oadcast Auxiliary Services, Mobile environmental assessment. File as many schedules as Radio locations station describe to structures. antenna and necessary Educational Services, Radio Fixed Services, Radio Broadband conjunction in used is Data Technical with This schedule Services ships), (excluding and Services, Microwave Maritime Aviation Services (excluding aircraft). Schedules E, F, G, H, and J. Sched ule E of this form is to collect data pertaining to the The purpose Radio Schedule for Broadband The Service and Educational the FCC to determine by used is data This request. osed prop Broadband (Part 27) is used Service - site by Licensees to add by served be would interest public the whether the of grant a data coordination, specific technical for international request. quiet zone assessment or environmental requirements Introduction requirements of a parti cular in used is schedule This site. conjunction with Location D. form main a comprising form part - multi a is 601 FCC Form Schedule and optional several t, amendmen application, Each schedules. F Schedule request other or modification, Main one only contain must the The ground - Air and Cellular for Schedule Data Technical many as Form (pages 1 through 4) but may contain as few or Radiotelephone Aviation) (Commercial (Part Services 22) is of the necessary. as schedules optional used in the site - specific applications and amendments for Form Main cellular used It also is and air - ground radiotelephone services. technical data for by auction winners that must file site - specific Form purpose of the Main The is to obtain information F Schedule site. particular a of coordination international is to identify the file r, establish the filer’s basic eligibility sufficient provide technical parameters of to the facilitie s. This used qualifications, nature the determine and filing, the and classify conjunction schedule Schedule Location with D. in used is The the of proposed service. the contains also Form Main signature and certifications required is Form Main The block. G Schedule Form applicati on filed on FCC 601, including required for every Technical Data Schedule for the and Maritime Aviation The Modification Amendment. (Note: The FCC Registration and applications specific Services site for used is 87) and 80 (Parts - be completed on the Main for all Number must Form services. aviation and maritime amendments and the in is It purposes.) winners site file must that specific auction by used also - particular a of coordination international for data technical site. Schedules provide the of parameters technical to used is G Schedule of The purposes the optional schedules are as follows: is Location schedule This facilities. used in conjunction with Schedule D. edule Sch A Multiple Schedule for Changes Affecting The Call Signs or File H Schedule is to the on items changes Numbers used to submit global for Schedule Data Technical The Mobile Land Private the and multiple call signs or Main Form that FCC affect 601 either (Parts Broadcast Mobile Auxiliary Radio Services Land 90 and numbers. multiple file in amendments and applications specific - site for used is 74) Schedule B land broadcast auxiliary the private radio servic es. It is and auction by specific - site file used must that also winners to used is Services Licensed Geographically for Schedule The coordination technical particular a of site. international for data required license authorization when the Applicant apply the for the parameters of technical provide to used is H Schedule the to determined been has winning be bidder at the close of This schedule is used in conjunction with Location facilities. auction. an FCC D. Schedule 601 - Main Form Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 2

3 Schedule K Schedule I Schedule Services Wireless for Notifications Required for The Fixed Technical The and Microwave the for Data Schedule time required the within that, FCC the notify to used is period, 74) and 101 is Services Auxiliary Broadcast Microwave (Parts requiremen construction or coverage or satisfied, been have ts for Fixed the in amendments and applications specific - site used station yearly with compliance commitments for construction It es. Servic Auxiliary is Broadcast Microwave and Microwave plans implementation has approved with Licensees extended file must that winners auction by used also specific - site met. It is also used been in the paging radiotelephone services for international coordination or for an technical data FCC notify to a request for regular auth orization for of the I environmental assessment of a particular is Schedule site. operating under developmental authority. facilities previously administrative data as well used to provide microwave specific facilities. the as all t echnical parameters of Schedule L Schedule J Waiver for Schedule The for for Time of Extension Requests for Air Rural, Paging, the - Schedule Data Technical The Wireless is Services used to request a waiver of FCC rules for and Aviation), Offshore (General ground, Radiotelephone time to either additional satisfy coverage o r construction 22) is used for site - specific Services and (Part applications requirements. ground, and offshore the paging, rural , air in amendments - that radiotelephone services. It is also used by auction winners M Schedule site must file - specific technical data for international radio in link a register to used is Registration for The Schedule coordination to used is provide J Schedule site. particular a of service MM – Millimeter Wave Service 70/80/90 GHz, of the facilities. Th is technical schedule is used in parameters Intelligent – radio QQ or IQ service transmitter location for Schedule conjunction Location with D. (ITS), Transportation Service rad or – io service NN - 3650 3700 MHz Service. Required Schedules If are applying for initial authorization in a market - based service, you you must file Schedule B in conjunction with your Main Form application. If you are applying for a site - specific authorization in a market - b ased service to fulfill environmental assessment requirements, file along Radio with your Main Form Application, Schedule I for Microwave Services or Schedule D for all other radio services. international fulfill along file requirements, coordination If you are applying for a site - specific authorization to in a marke t - based service and with Form Application, Schedule I for Microwave Radio Services or Schedule D Main the appropriate technical data schedule your radio other for all services. you are appl ying for authorization in a site licensed service, which requires you to report technical data, file along with your Main Form If technical data schedule appropriate to the service for you are applying: the which Schedules Required for NE, MD, RM, CI, EX, RL and NT purposes for Specified Radio Services Applicable Service Form/Schedule Title ULS Geographically Licensed Services FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Service Authorization All (Initial Application) Schedule B - Schedule for Geographically Licensed Servi ces Authorization FCC 601 Main Form Service – WTB Radio Licensed Service Geographically and Locations Antenna Structures Schedule D – Schedule for Station 27 – Lower MHz (698 - 746 MHz Band) (Part Service) Radio (WZ Licensed Service Geographically Form Main Authorization Service Radio FCC 601 WTB - ecific - assessment) environmental (site sp I Schedule (Microwave Radio Services) Schedule D (all other Radio Services) - for Station Locations and Antenna Structures Schedule Geographically Licensed Service Authorization Service Radio WTB FCC 601 Main Form - coordination) specific - (site international I (Microwave Radio Services) Schedule D and appropriate technical data schedule as described below (all other Radio Services) Schedule Service FCC 601 Main Authorization Form - WTB Radio Air - gr ound Services Cellular and Commercial for Structures Schedule D - Schedule Antenna Station Locations and 22) (Part ground (Commercial Aviation) for the Cellular and Air - Schedule F - Technical Data Schedule (Part s Radiotelephone Service 22) 601 - Main Form Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 3

4 Broadband Service and Radio Authorization Service Radio FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Broadband Service Schedule B – Schedule for Geographically Licensed Services Educational (Part Schedule D – Schedule for Station Locations and ures 27) Antenna Struct E – Technical Data Schedule for Broadband Radio Service and Educational Schedule Broadband Service 27) (Part ULS Title Service Form/Schedule Authorization Service Radio WTB - Form Main 601 FCC 22 Services Specific - Site Land Part - Mobile and Locations Structures Antenna Schedule D - Schedule for Station the 929 Part or - 930 90 Exclusive channels in Private the H - Technical Data Schedule for Schedule Land Mobile and Broadcast Auxiliary Land Mobile (GS Band Radio MHz Service) Services (Parts 90 a nd 74) Radio J ground - Technical Data Schedule for Paging, Rural, Air - (General Aviation), and Offshore Schedule (Part 22) Radiotelephone Services Mobile - Part 90 Site - Specific Services FCC 601 Main Form - Land Radio Service Authorization WTB - Sche dule for Station D Locations and Antenna Structures Schedule H - Technical Data Schedule for the Private Land Mobile and Broadcast Auxiliary Land Mobile Schedule Services (Parts 90 and 74) Radio Main - Part 101 Site - Specific FCC 601 Form - WTB Rad io Service Authorization Microwave Services I - Technical Data Schedule for the Fixed Microwave and Microwave Broadcast Auxiliary Schedule (Parts and 74) Services 101 Service WTB on Authorizati Radio - FCC 601 Main Form Coast/Aviation Ground Maritime Services Antenna Structures Schedule D - and Schedule for Station Locations 87) (Parts 80 and G - Technical Data Schedule for the Maritime and Aviation Services (Parts 80 and 87) Schedule Form 601 tion Authoriza FCC Main - WTB Radio Service Auxiliary - Land Broadcast Mobile Station D - Schedule for Schedule Locations and Antenna Structures (Part 74) H - Technical Data Schedule for the Private Land Mobile and Broadcast Schedule Auxiliary Land Mobile Radio Services (Parts 90 and 74) Form 601 Main - FCC WTB Radio Service Authorization Microwave Broadcast Auxiliary - Auxiliary Radio Schedule I - Technical Data Schedule for the Fixed Microwave and Microwave Broadcast 74) (Part (Parts 101 and 74) Services Service Radio WTB - Form Authorization FCC 601 Main MHz (Part Services 95) 219 - 218 Structures Antenna and Schedule D - Schedule for Station Locations CTS (Individual Reporting) Millimeter Wave Service 70/80/90 GHz Authorization Service FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Licensed B – Schedule Schedule for Geographically Services 101) (Part Schedule Schedule M – for Registration Form Authorization Service Radio WTB - Main 601 FCC Communications Range Short Dedicated D Antenna and Structures Schedule - Schedule for Station Locations Service/Intelligent Transportation Service S chedule Mobile H - Technical Data Schedule for the Private Land Mobile and Broadcast Auxiliary Land (ITS) Radio Services (Parts 90 and 74) (Part 90) Schedule M – Schedule for Registration Service 3700 MHz (NN) 3650 – ization Author FCC 601 Main Form - WTB Radio Service 90) (Part Schedule M – Schedule for Registration Notification Authorization Service Radio WTB - of: Form Main 601 FCC Completion Services Wireless for Notifications Required for Schedule - K Schedule of Coverage Requirements Completion of Requirements Construction with Compliance yearly station construction commitments for Licensees with approved implementation plans extended Paging Developmental to a Authorization Regular Authorization Main 601 FCC Form - WTB Authorization Service Radio Time of Extension for: for Request Waiver Request Waiver L Schedule - Services Wireless for Time of Extension for rements Coverage Requi of Completion Construction of Completion Requirements 601 FCC - Main Form Instructions August 2016 - Page 4

5 General Instructions Filing Current Information Complete and h the FCC must be kept current and complete. The Applicant must notify the FCC regarding any substantial and filed Information wit changes the information furnished in the application(s). See Section 1.65 in of the Commission’s Rules. significant and Rules ons Applicable Regulati should obtain the relevant parts of the Applicants rules in 47 CFR. Copies of 47 CFR may be purchased from the Superintendent FCC’s Government Printing Office; Washington, DC 20402; (202) 512 - 1800. Refer also to the Government Printing Of fice’s of Documents; one at http://www.access.gpo.gov. Some FCC rules require the Applicant to attach or more exhibits to an application in addition website the information requested in the application form. to Upon o f this license application, the Licensee may be subject to certain construction or coverage requirements. Failure to meet the grant or coverage requirements may result in termination of the license. Consult appropriate FCC regulations to determine t he construction coverage requirements that apply to the type or license requested in this application. construction of Fee and Filing Locations Processing fee may be required with this form. To determine the required fee amount, refer to Subpart G of Part 1 of the Code processing of A Federal (47 CFR Part 1, Subpart G) or the current Fee Regulations Filing Guide. For assistance with fees applicable to the radio services governed by the FCC’s rules, call (877) 480 - 3201 (TTY 717 - 338 - 2824). The Fee Filing Guide can be dow nloaded from WTB’s web http://wireless.fcc.gov/feesforms/, or obtained by calling the FCC's Forms Distribution Center at (800) 418 - FORM (3676) or the page Commission Fax Informati on System by dialing (202) 418 - 0177. Federal Communications applications requiring a fee must be mailed to Federal Communications Commission, P. O. Box 979097, St. Louis, Paper MO, 63197 - 9000 or hand delivered to the U.S. Bank, Attn: FCC Government Lockbox #979097, - MO - C2 - GL , 1005 Convention Plaza, SL St. Louis, MO 63101 . Non - feeable paper applications should be mailed to Federal Communications Commission, 1270 Fairfield Road, Gettysburg, PA 17325 Hand - deliveries and messenger - deliveries should be 7245. delivered to Federal Com munications Commission, 1280 Fairfield - Road, Gettysburg, PA 17325. (If this application is filed as a result of an auction, please specify the Auction Number as indicated in your Notice.) bidder's or Public package Packages If filing manually, the Main Fo rm and the applicable schedules should be submitted as one package, stapled in the upper left corner. The Main Form should be first with the schedules attached in alphabetical order. Applicants filing electronically should not submit paper copies. Paper C opies number of paper copies of this application required to be The filed is one original. Applicants filing electronically should not submit paper copies. Exhibits of Each document required to be filed as an exhibit should be current as the date of filin g. Each page of every exhibit must be identified is If material the with the number or letter of exhibit, the number of the page of the exhibit, and the total number of pages of the exhibit. studies to incorporated by reference, see the instruction on incorpora tion by reference. If interference are required by rule, attach be an exhibit. these as by Reference Incorporation may incorporate by reference documents, exhibits, or other lengthy information showings already on file with the FCC only if the You pr filed is more than one 8½” by 11” page in length, eviously all information therein is current and accurate in all significant respects; and the reference states specifically where the previously filed information can be found ( i.e. , station call sign and a pplication file number, title including of proceeding, docket number and legal citations), exhibit and page references. Use the relevant item number followed by ‘A’. Items call for numbers, or which can be answered ‘Y’ or ‘N’ or other that short answers mu st be answered directly without reference to a previous filing. Waiver Requests Requests for waiver must contain as an exhibit a statement of reasons sufficient to justify a waiver. The required showing must be made for all rule waivers desired, identifyi ng the specific rules or policies for which the waiver is requested. Refer to the Fee Filing Guide for (877) 480 - 3201 fee requirements for waivers. For assistance with fees applicable to the radio services governed by the FCC’s rules, call 717 (TTY http://esupport.fcc.gov. visit or 4), 282 - 338 - 601 - Main Form Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 5

6 Frequency Coordination for Applications station authorizations in Parts 80, 87, and 90 may be required to be initially submitted to a certified frequency certain rules radio service or frequency pool involved. Refer to the the for your radio service for detailed information regarding coordinator for For frequency coordination fee information, frequency coordination. the frequency coordinators for your radio service. contact the completion of frequency coordination, some radio services require the frequency coordinator to forward these applications to After FCC. with your frequency coordinator for applicability. All other applications shall be filed by the Applicant at the correct the Check listed on the most current Fee Filing Guide. Applications should be filed at least sixty (60) days prior to the date upon which the address radio are required to be in operation. facilities regarding certified coordinators f or your radio service, contact the Federal Communications For Commission, 1270 Fairfield information Gettysburg, PA 17325 - 7245, call (877) 480 - 3201 (TTY 717 - 338 - 2824), or vis it http://esupport.fcc.gov. Road, to Metric C onversions English and distances must be provided as metric values. The following English to Metric equivalents should be used heights to convert All and distances, where necessary: heights foot = 0.3048 meters 1 mile 1 = 1.6093 kilometers 1 nautical mile = 1.8 5 kilometers For Assistance with this application, contact the Federal Communications Commission, 1270 Fairfield Road, Gettysburg, PA For assistance - call (877) 480 - 3201 (TTY 717 - 338 7245, 2824), or visi t http://esupport.fcc.gov. 17325 - Electronic Filers about online Information filing of Form 601 is available from the Wireless Telecommunications website at http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls. technical g electronically should follow procedures contained in online help files. For Applicants filin assistance with filing electronically, contact the FCC at 480 - 3201. (877) In instances where the Applicant files electronically and needs to include an exhibit(s) wit h the application and cannot transmit that exhibit(s) the FCC electronically, the Applicant may mail exhibits to the following address: to Federal Communications Commission Application Exhibit Fairfield Road 1270 PA 17325 - 7245 Gettysburg, Hand - deliveries and messenger - deliveries should be delivered to Federal Communications Commission, 1280 Fairfield Road, Gettysburg, PA 17325. Each exhibit should be clearly labeled with the Applicant’s name, the 10 - digit file number assigned to the applicati on at the time of waiver submission, and the type of exhibit ( e.g. , request). to Obtain How Official Authorization an of Please Note: Upon grant this application, the new or modified official authorization will be available electronically to the licensee through licensees service wireless safety save and print to download, access have electronic License Manager. All commercial, private and public their authorizations, to the extent needed, when securely logged into License Manager. official licensee wishes to receive its official authorization If on paper through the U.S. Postal Service, the licensee must notify a the Commission (1) electronically by securely logging into License Manager and changing the licensee’s Print Authorization Preference to receive either (2) by contacting the Licensing Support Center paper on its webpage or by telephone, or (3) by notifying the Commission in authorizations, writing. You may call 877 - 480 - 3201 (TTY 717 - 338 - 2824) for assistance. Even if a licensee elects to receive of ficial authorizations on paper through the U.S. Postal Service, the licensee may continue to access its official authorizations electronically through License Manager. A can also obtain an electronic version of their authorization through email o nce the application is granted if the licensee licensee voluntarily includes a valid email address in the application that is ULS or that it provides to a private organization through filed through which the A pplicant files applications, e.g., a Frequency Coordinat or. Official authorizations will be emailed to the licensee, not to the contact listed the application. on The term “authorization,” for the purpose of accessing official authorizations electronically through ULS after grant of an application filed on and FCC Form 601, includes all current commercial, private, public safety wireless service licenses, and spectrum leases (excluding and 101 of the 24, 27, 74, 90, 95, subleases and private commons arrangements) in “Active” status authorized under Parts 1, 20, 22, rules. Commission’s 601 - Main Form Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 6

7 Instructions FCC 601 Main Form for Code Service Radio by the Radio Service Code for which the Applicant . applying Enter inserting the appropriate code from the list below: Item 1 is 1a . In some Services, you may modify y our license Item to change Radio Service Codes (e.g., Microwave Licensees may modify a - to - Point license to a Common Carrier Point - to - Point license: Point Radio Service Code ‘MG’ to Radio Service Code ‘CF’). If you Private applying for such a modification to your license enter the Radio Service Code of your current license in Item 1a. The Radio Service are Code you are applying should be entered in Item 1. for which Licensed Geographically Services ... Market ... TZ 24 GHz, Area GHz, Market Area ... ... TN 39 219 - MHz Service ... ... ZV 218 QA MHz, Market Area ... ... 220 ... ... WT 600 MHz Band MHz Public Safety Broadband Nationwide License ... SP 700 700 Upper Band (Block D)... ... WP MHz MHz (Block Upper Band C)... ... WU 700 ... MHz Guard Band ... WX 700 MHz Lower Band (Blocks A, B, E) ... ... WY 700 D) Lower Band (Blocks C, ... ... WZ MHz 700 MHz Air - Ground Radiotelephone Service ... ... CJ 800 1390 - 1392 MHz Band, Market Area ... ... BA 1392 - and 1432 - 1435 MHz Bands, Market Area ... BB 1395 - 1675 MHz Band, Market Area ... ... BC 1670 3700 MHz Service ... ... ... NN - 3650 Wireless Services (AWS) - 1755 MHz and 2110 - 2155 MHz) ... AW Advanced (1710 - 3 (1695 - 1710 MHz, 1755 - 1780 MHz, and 2155 - 2180 MHz)... ... ... AT AWS AWS 4 (2000 - 2020 MHz and 2180 - 2200 MHz)... ... ... AD - - Block (at 1915 - 1920 MHz and 1995 - 2000 AWS MHz)... ... ... AH H Service Broadband ... ... .. ... BR Radio .. ... Cellular ... CL Radiotelephone... .. band Service... Educational ... ED Broad Intelligent Transportation Service (Public Safety) ... ... .. ... IQ Intelligent Service (Non - Public Safety)... . ... QQ Transportation ... Serv ice (LMDS) Distribution . ... LD Local Multipoint and Monitoring Service, Multilateration (LMS)... ... . ... LS Location Wave Service 70/80/90 GHz ... . ... MM Millimeter (MVDDS) Multichannel Distribution and Data Service Video . ... . ... DV Multiple Address System ... . ... ... MS Paging Radiotelephone, Market Area and 22, CZ 931 MHz Paging... ... Part MHz) 22, Part Paging (Excluding 931 .. ... CP VHF/UHF Part 90, 929 - 930 MHz Exclusive ... GC Perso Communications Service (PCS) nal 1910 - 1915/1990 - MHz Bands, Market Area ... CY 1995 Broadband... ... . ... CW Narrowband ... ... . ... CN Band 4990 - MHz PA ... . ... Safety 4940 Publ ic . ... li c S af e ty 7 0 0 M H z Band – St a te L i c e n s e ... . ... . ... . ... . . . ... ub ... . ... . ... . . ... . ... . ... . .. . ... . ... . ... . P . ... . ... SL Public Coast, Market Area ... ... . ... PC SMR, 806 - 821/851 - 866 MHz, Auctioned - 32T "Radio service code to be used after rebanding, see FCC 04 - 168" 32T ... YH Market SMR, 806 - 821/851 - 866 MHz, YC Area... . .. ... SMR, - 901/935 - 940 MHz, Market Area... . ... YD 896 ... Communications Service (WCS)... ... . WS Wireless Site - Specific Land Mobile - 22 - Site - Specific Air Part ground Commercial (800 MHz)... ... CA General (454 MHz) ... ... CG CO O ff s hore R ad i ote l eph o n e ... . .. . ... . ... . ... . . ... . ... . ... . ... . .. . ... . ... . ... . ... . ... . ... . ... . .. . ... . ... . ... . ... . ... . ... CD Site Radiotelephone, and Paging Specific... ... - CR ... ... Radiotelephone Rural ... ... BETRS CB 601 - Main Form Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 7

8 Part Below 800 MHz 90 - Industrial/Business Commercial, Conventional ... ... IK - Pool - YK Commercial, Trunked ... Industrial/Business Pool . - Private, Conventi onal ... ... IG Pool Industrial/Business - Private, Industrial/Business Trunked ... . ... ... YG Pool Radiolocation ... . ... RS Land Mobile Safety 700 MHz – General Use Radio Service ... ... SG Public Safety 700 MHz Radio Service – Private, Trunked ... SY Public blic Pu Conventional ... . ... . ... PW Safety Pool, ... Safety Pool, Trunked ... ... . . ... YW Public MHz, Phase I Nationwide Commercial 5 - Channel ... . ... NC 220 220 Site - Specific MHz, - Data ... . ... Non QD Nationwide ... Non Other ... Nationwide . ... QO - Non - Nationwide Public Safety/Mutual Aid ... . ... QM Non - 5 - Channel Trunk ed ... . ... QT Nationwide, 90 - Above Part 800 Business MHz - 821/851 - 866 MHz, Conventional ... ... GB 806 - 896 - 940 MHz, Conventional ... GU 901/935 Trunked 806 - 866 MHz, 821/851 ... ... YB - 896 - 901/935 - 940 MHz, Trunked... .. YU Industri Transportation al/Land - - 866 806 Conventional 821/851 ... . ... GO MHz, 896 - 901/935 - 940 MHz, Conventional ... ... . ... GI Trunked... 806 - 866 MHz, 821/851 . ... YO - 896 - 901/935 - 940 MHz, Trunked... ... . ... YI Business/Industrial/Land Transportation 809 - 824/854 - 869 MHz, Conventional - 32T "Radio service code to be used after rebanding, see FCC 04 - 168" 32T ... GJ ... FCC YJ 809 - 824/854 - 869 MHz, Trunked - 32T "Radio service code to be used after rebanding, 32T see 168" 04 - Land Mobile Radiolocation... ... RS Location Monitoring Service (LMS) and 928 MHz - Location Wideband (Grandfathered AVM) ... LW 902 - 928 MHz Location Narrowband ( Non - Multilateration)... LN 902 Paging Channels 930 MHz, Site - Specific 929 ... ... GS - Public Emergency Safety/Special Conventional - - 866 806 MHz, 821/851 ... GP 806 - 821/851 - 866 MHz, Trunked ... ... YP Public Safety, National Plan - ... - 869 MHz, Conventional ... 821 GF 824/866 Trunked... - - 869 MHz, 824/866 .. YF 821 Public Safety/Special Emergency and Public Safety, National Plan 806 817/851 - 862 MHz, Co nventional - 32T "Radio service code to be - used after rebanding, see FCC 04 - 168" 32T .. GE - 806 code 817/851 - 862 MHz, Trunked - 32T "Radio service to be used after rebanding, see FCC 04 - 168" 32T ... YE SMR, Site - Specific - - 866 MHz, Conventional - 32T "Radio service code to be used 806 rebanding, 821/851 see FCC 04 - 168" 32 ... GM after 806 821/851 - 866 MHz, - Conventional ... GX 896 - 901/935 - 940 MHz , Conventional - 32T "Radio service code to be used after rebanding, see FCC 04 - 168" 32T .. GL Conventional 896 - 940 MHz, 901/935 ... GR - 806 - 821/851 - 8 66 MHz, Trunked - 32T "Radio service code to be used after rebanding, see FCC 04 - 168" 32T ... YM MHz, 806 821/851 - 866 - Trunked... .. YX ... YL 168" 32T 896 - 901/935 - 940 MHz, Trunked - 32T "Radio service code to be used after rebanding, see FCC 04 - MHz, 940 - 901/935 - 896 YS . ... Trunked 601 - Main Form Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 8

9 Site - Microwave Specific Message Service Electronic Digital CE ... Carrier Common ... ... ... PE Private ... Television Transmission... Local CT ... - - Point Microwave, Common Carrier... CF to Point - - Point to Private Point Microwave, gibility -- Aviation ... ... WA Eli Eligibility Industrial/Business ... ... MG -- -- WM Marine ... ... Eligibility ... -- Publi c Safety ... MW Eligibility -- Radiolocation... ... WR Eligibility Maritime Ground Coast/Aviation Maritime Group... ... . MK Alaska Group Coastal ... MC ... Marine Auxiliary ... ... MA Marine Land ... .. MR Radiolocation Aviation ... Fixed Aerona ... and AF utical Auxiliary Group ... ... Aviation AA Aviation Radionavigation ... ... AR Auxiliary Broadcast Land Mobile B roadcast Auxiliary -- Low Power ... LP Broadcast – Wireless Assist Video Auxiliary Devices (WAVD) ... ... LV Broadcast Auxiliary -- Remote Pickup ... RP Microwave Aural Intercity Relay ... ... AI Aural Microwave Booster... ... .. AB Aural Studio Transmitter Link ... AS TV ... TI ... Intercity Relay TV Booster... ... TB Microwave Pickup ... ... ... TP TV Studio Transmitter Link ... ... TS TV Relay... ... TT Translator TV General Information 2 . Indicate being pu rpose for which the application is Item filed by inserting the appropriate two - letter abbreviation from the the following list. Only one may be specified. purpose NE - New: To request a new license. This purpose should only be used for initial applications. MD - Modification: To request a change in the conditions of any data (administrative and technical OR technical) for a license - during the term of that license. This purpose is also used to apply for a site - specific authorization in a market based service to fulfil environmental assessment requirements or international coordination requirements. Use Item 5 to provide the call sign of that the data the affected station. All appropriate schedules must be completed and attached, and must accurately describe been as h Rules. Commission applicable See modified. 601 - Main Form Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 9

10 Note: a license is modified, the FCC will issue a new license and previous versions of the license will no longer be After d regardless the expiration date shown. License terms will not be extende of as a result of an application for valid, modification. Note: To consolidate multiple call signs into a single call sign, list existing call signs to be deleted on Schedule A, Additional for Affecting Changes Multiple Call Signs or File Numbers. The ca ll sign to be retained should be listed in Item 5 Schedule 5, the FCC 601 Main Form. If no call sign is provided in Item a new one will be assigned, and you must complete the of 601 Main Form to provide administrative information about the new call sign. For st ations in the Paging and FCC Radiotelephone (CD), consolidation will result in all Locations, Antennas, and Frequencies being consolidated under Service D single call sign without modification (i.e., Applicants should not submit Schedules and F). For station s in the Part 90 radio a Applicants must include Schedules D and H describing the technical parameters of at least one, and no more than six services, be authorized under the resulting call sign. locations to - Renewal/Modification: To renew an existing authorization, Special Temporary Authorization (STA), or developmental RM authorization and request a change in the conditions of that authorization. Item 5 to provide the call sign of the affected Use station. All appropriate schedules must be completed and attached, and must accurately describe the data that has been modified. renewal time frame, must be filed no later than expiration date of the authorization and no sooner than 90 (Specified prior to expiration). days Transportation Registered Location/Link: Roadsid e units (RSUs) in RL Intelligent - Radio Service (IQ & QQ), links in the the Wave Service (MM), and fixed or base stations in the 3650 - 3700 MHz Service (NN) do not need to Millimeter be individually licensed but do need to be registered. Use Item 5 to provide the call sign of the affected license. Use Form 601 FCC Schedule M to register RSUs, links or stations in radio services along with the Main Form. these NT - Required Notifications: To notify the FCC that, within the required time period, co verage or construction requirements have satisfied or compliance with yearly station construction commitments for Licensees with approved extended been to have been implementation met. This schedule can also be used plans notify the FCC of a request in the Paging Radiotelephone Services for regular authorization for facilities previously operating under developmental authority. Also complete attach Required Notifications for Wireless Services, and Form FCC 601, Schedule K. EX - Request for Extension of Tim e: To request additional time to satisfy coverage or construction requirements. Also complete and attach Request for Extension of Time for Wireless Services, Form FCC 601, Schedule L. AM - Amendment: To amend a previously - filed, currently pending applicat ion(s). Use Item 4 to provide the File Number(s) of the affected pending application(s). The appropriate schedule must be completed and attached, and must accurately reflect the the amended data. See applicable Commission Rules. If multiple pending application s are affected (Administrative data only), Main and Schedule A are required. Form Paper Submission Purpose & Requirements for Application on FCC 601 Simple Make sure your Note: license information is correct and includes the correct and complete name , mailing address and telephone number; otherwise, your paper submission will be dismissed for lack of information on the license record provided (unless missing information is the on this application). RO - Renewal Only: To renew an existing authorizatio n, special temporary authorization or developmental authorization that being has not expired and where no changes in the license conditions are requested at the time of renewal. Refer to 47 CFR renewal §1.949 for FCC rules on timely filings (Specified tim e frame, must be filed no later than expiration date of the authorization no sooner than 90 days prior to expiration). (To make any modifications to the administrative or technical and the license, use data the Renewal/Modification purpose.) of Mandatory items required for submission of ‘RO’ purpose are as follows: Item 1) Radio Service Code Item 2) Application Purpose Item 5) Call Sign (if filing for multiple Call Signs, list additional call signs on Schedule A) Items & 10) Fee Status 9 gistration FCC Re Item Number (FRN) 13) Item 52) Aeronautical Advisory Station (Unicom) Certification (For Aviation Services Only) Service Items 53 & 54) Broadband Radio and Educational Broadband Service Date Items 56, 57 & 58) Signature and Date Expiration Authorization ested Requ 6) Item Items: Optional MM/DD 601 - Main Form Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 10

11 DU Duplicate License: To request a hardcopy duplicate of an existing license. - Mandatory required for submission of ‘DU’ purpose are as follows: items 1) Item Radio Service Code 2) Application Purpose Item 5) Call Sign (if filing for multiple Call Signs, Ite list additional call signs on Schedule A) m 9 & 10) Fee Status Items Registration Number (FRN) Item 13) FCC 57 & 58) Signature and Date Items 56, AU (No Fee Required) Administrative Update: To request a change of administrative data on a license. - Mandatory items required for submission of ‘AU’ purpose are as follows: Item 2) Application Purpose 5) Call Sign (if filing for multiple Call Signs, list additional call signs on Schedule A) Item 13) FCC Registration Number (FRN) Item 58) Items 56, & 57 Signature and Date One or more of the following items may be corrected with this purpose: Item 16) Licensee Name (without a change in ownership) (also answer Item 15) Entity Name (without a change Item i n ownership, control (also answer item 15) 17) or corporate structure) Items 18 through 23) Mailing Address Item 24) Telephone Number Item 25) Fax Number Item E - Mail Address 26) through Items Contact Information 30 40) Control Point Information NOTE: When updating control point information, only one call sign may be filed per Administrative Update application. Main Submit appropriate schedule along with the Form for specific radio service. Commercial Main Form & Schedule F - Cellular Services & Air - Ground Main & Schedule G - Maritime Coast/Aviation Ground Services Form & Schedule H - Private Land Mobile & Main Mobile Broadcast Auxiliary Radio Services Form Land Main Form & Schedule I - Fixed & Microwave Broadcast Auxiliary Services Microwave Main Form & S chedule J - Paging, Rural, Air - Ground (General Aviation) and Offshore Radiotelephone Services - (No Fee Required) Cancellation of License: To cancel an existing license. This action cancels all facilities CA operating facilities under under the call sign. To delete spec ific authorized a call sign, use the Modification purpose. submission Mandatory items required for ‘CA’ of purpose are as follows: Item 2) Application Purpose A) Call Sign (if filing for multiple Call Signs, list additional call sig ns on Schedule Item 5) 13) FCC Registration Number (FRN) Item Telephone Number Item 24) 56, 57 Items 58) Signature and Date & WD - (No Fee Required) Withdrawal of Application: To withdraw a previously - filed, currently pending application. Mandatory items requ ired for submission of ‘WD’ purpose as follows: are Item 2) Application Purpose 4) File Number (if filing for multiple File Numbers, list additional File Numbers on Schedule A) Item (FRN) Number Item 13) FCC Registration 56, Items ate D and Signature 58) & 57 601 - Main Form Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 11

12 No is required for Governmental Entities. Send non - feeable packages to: fee Commission Communications Federal 1270 Road Fairfield 17325 7245 - PA Gettysburg, If the application is a request for a Item Developmental License, Demonstration License or a Special Temporary Authorization (STA), 3a . ‘M’ or ‘S’, enter respectively. Otherwise, enter ‘N’ for Not Applicable. ‘D’, may grant applications for Developmental Authority to construct and FCC transmitters for the purpose of developing a ne w The operate service or a new technology not regularly authorized under specific FCC rules, subject to the appropriate radio governing requirements contained in the FCC rules. Attach an exhibit(s) as required in the FCC rules. Developmental authorizations tion are intended for use by Licensees involved in licenses sale and/or marketing of radio equipment. Demonstration Demonstra the may be used for purposes of demonstrating equipment to potential customers at licenses shows or at other exhibitions, performing trade n site coverage studies for potential customers, or other uses as provided in Subpart I of Part 2 of the Commission’s Rules. o for licenses may not be used for the Licensee’s internal communications in its day to day business operations. Demonstration Temporary ergencies or other urgent conditions requiring immediate or temporary use of facilities, request may be made for Special em In to install and/or operate new or modified equipment, (STA) subject to the appropriate requirements governing Specia l Authority Authorizations contained in the FCC rules. If item 3a is answered 'S', attach an exhibit including the following information: Temporary the nature of the extraordinary circumstance, equipment to be used, type of operation to be conducted, and an explanation description of the facilities will be used, how times and dates of operation. of To file an initial request for an STA, Developmental, or Demonstration License, Applicants should select an application Note: NE – “New” in Item 2 and then ans wer Items 3a and 3b purpose as appropriate. STAs are granted for a maximum of 180 of another STA, Developmental, or Demonstration license is needed, Applicants may file by selecting days. application purpose If for “Renewal Only” and supply the appropriate Call Sign in RO Item 5. The “Renewal Only” purpose is provided – the convenience of the Applicant (the Applicant will retain the same call sign if the request is granted). Item 3b . This question only applies to applications for Special Temporary Authority (STA). If you are requesting an STA due to an emergency other urgent condition, enter ‘Y’ and attach an exhibit describing the nature of the emergency. Otherwise enter ‘N’. or found Rule Per § 1.915, examples of emergencies are as follows: An emergency by the Com mission to involve danger to life or property or to be due to damaged equipment; a national emergency proclaimed by the President or declared by the Congress and during the continuance of any war in which the United States is engaged, when such action is n ecessary for the national defense or security or otherwise in furtherance of the war effort; or an emergency where the Commission finds that it would not be feasible to secure renewal applications existing Licensees or otherwise to follow normal licen sing procedures. from Item . If the application is a request for an Amendment or Withdrawal of a previously - filed currently pending application, provide the file 4 of the original application. This information can be obtained by contacting the FCC (877) 480 - 3201 (TTY 717 - 338 - 2824) or by number Search Applications function available at http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls. If the amendment or withdrawal affects multiple using numbers, file complete and attach Schedule for Cha nges Affecting Multiple Call Signs or File Numbers, Form FCC 601, Schedule A. application 5 . The information requested in this item identifies the existing stations Item to which the filing is relevant. If the is a request for a Modification, Renewal Only , Renewal/Modification, Cancellation, Duplicate, Administrative Update of an existing license, enter or the call sign of the license. If the request affects multiple call signs, complete and attach Schedule for Changes Affecting Multiple Call Signs or Numbers, Form FCC 601, Schedule A. File is a request to register a location/link, enter the application FCC call sign assigned to the geographic license. If the 6 . This item is optional. If the application is a request Item for a New, Amendment, Renewal Only , or a Renewal/Modification, enter the requested authorization expiration date. Applicants may, if desired, request the month and day of license expiration. However, in no cases will licenses be granted for terms that exceed the license term as governed by the rules for each service. Item 7 . This question applies only to site - specific (other than 101 Microwave) and Cellular authorizations. If the application is a Part request for a Modification, Renewal/Modification, or Amendment (of a currently pending Ne w or Modification) of any site - specific authorization, or a New filing for a site - specific Land Mobile (Part 90) authorization, you must indicate whether the request is a “major” junction con in found rules service radio in applicable the with action as defined in Section 1.929 of the Commission’s Rules when read 601 - Main Form Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 12

13 Parts and 90 of the Commission’s Rules. If the rules for your particular radio service do not define a coverage area, service area, or 22 service contour, ‘N’. If you are an existing ce llular radiotelephone enter Licensee seeking to extend, on a secondary basis, interference service area boundary contour into adjacent unserved area of less than fifty (50) square miles but do not request modification of a your geographic service ar ea, enter ‘N’, and submit site - specific information using Schedules D and F. See Year 2000 existing cellular Rules Regulatory Review – Amendment of Part 22 of the Commission’s to Modify or Eliminate Outdated Rules Affecting the Biennial Radiotelephone Service and o ther Commercial Mobile Radio Services, Order on Reconsideration , 19 FCC Rcd 3239, 3256 - Cellular 3257 41 (2004). For your convenience, the full text of Section 1.929 is listed below: ¶ Classification of filings as major or minor. Section 1.929 am endments to applications for Applications in the wireless and/or and public safety radio services are classified as major or stations (See § 1.947). Categories of major and minor filings are listed in §309 of the Communications Act of 1934. minor (a) For all stations in all Wireless and/or Public Safety Radio Services, whether licensed geographically or on a site - specific basis, the following actions are classified as major: for initial authorization; (1) Application Any substantial change in ownership or control, including reque sts (2) partitioning and disaggregation; for (3) Application for renewal of authorization; (4) Application or amendment requesting authorization for a facility that would have a significant environmental effect, as defined by § § 1.1301 through 1.1319 of the rules; App or amendment requiring frequency coordination pursuant to the Commission’s Rules or international treaty or (5) lication agreement; (6) or amendment requesting to add a frequency or frequency block for which the Applicant is not currently Application e a frequency. authorized, xcluding removing the Cellular Radiotelephone Service: (b) In Request an (1) authorization or an amendment to a pending application that would expand the cellular geographic service area of an existing cellular system or, in the case of an ame ndment, (COSA) previously proposed in an application, except as during the applicable five - year build - out period, if any; COSA COSA boundary or portion of a a boundary be determined using an alternative method; or, (2) Request that Request an authorization for facili ties that would produce a de minimis service area (3) boundary extension into unserved area in an adjacent market. above, In addition to those changes listed in (c) (a) the following are major changes applicable to stations licensed to subparagraph provide base - t o - mobile, mobile - to - base, and mobile - to - mobile on a site - specific basis: Service (1) the Paging and Radiotelephone Service, Rural Radiotelephone Service and 800 MHz Specialized Mobile Radio In (SMR), any change that would increase or expand the Applicant’s exi sting composite interference contour. (2) In the 900 MHz SMR and 220 MHz Service, any change that would increase or expand the Applicant’s service area as the defined the rule parts governing in particular radio service. (3) In the Paging and Radiotelephone S ervice, Rural Radiotelephone Service, Offshore Radiotelephone Service, and Specialized Mobile Radio Service: Request (i) an authorization or an amendment to a pending application that would establish for the filer a new fixed transmission path; for an authorization or an amendment to a pending (ii) Request a fixed station ( i.e., control, repeater , central application office, rural subscriber, or inter - office station) that would increase the effective radiated power, antenna height above average terrain in any azimuth, or relocate an existing transmitter; (4) In the Private Land Mobile Radio Services (PLMRS): frequencies an from (i) Change in frequency or modification of channel pairs; except the deletion of one or more authorization; type in the of emission; (ii) Change Ch ange in effective radiated power (iii) from that authorized; (iv) Change in antenna from that authorized; height (v) Change in the authorized location or number of base stations, fixed, control, except for deletions of one or more substation for systems operating on non - exclusive assignments in the or, 470 - 512 MHz, 800 MHz or 900 MHz bands, a change in the number of mobile transmitters, or a change in the area of mobile operations from that authorized; (vi) Change in the class of a land station, including changing from multipl e licensed to cooperative use, and from shared unshared use. to this section, addition to those filings listed in paragraph (a) of In the following are major actions that apply to stations licensed to (d) - to - point, point - to - multipoint, or multipoint - to - point, communications on a site - provide fixed point or fixed or mobile specific basis, communications on an area specific basis under Part 101 of this chapter: - or change in transmit antenna location by (1) than 5 seconds in latitude Any longitude for fixed poin t - to - point facilities more ( e.g., a 5 second change in latitude, longitude, or both would be minor); any change in coordinates of the center of operation increase in radius of a circular area of operation, or any expansion in any direction in the latitude or longitude or limits of a rectangular area of operation, or any change in any other kind of area operation; (2) Any increase in frequency tolerance; (3) Any increase in bandwidth; (4) Any change in emission type; Any dB; increase in EIRP greater than 3 (5) more (above mean sea level) increase in transmit antenna height Any (6) meters; 3 than 601 - Main Form Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 13

14 (7) increase in transmit antenna beamwidth; Any Any change in transmit antenna polarization; (8) degree; Any antenna azimuth greater than 1 change in transmit or, (9) Any change which together with all minor modifications or (10) amendments since the last major modification or amendment a cumulative effect exceeding any of criteria. produces the above major In addition to those filings listed in paragraph (a) of this section, the following are major actions that apply to stations licensed to (e) in the Air - ground Radiotelephone Service: provide service existing General Aviation authorization to relocate an an Ground station; or, (1) Request Request the first authorization for a new Commercial Aviati on ground station at a location other than those listed in § 22.859 (2) of this chapter. the following In addition to those changes listed in paragraph (f) are major changes that apply to stations licensed in the (a), industrial radiopositioning stations for whic h frequencies are assigned on an exclusive basis, Maritime and Aviation services, except Maritime Public Coast (CMRS), Ship and Aircraft stations: VHF Any change in antenna azimuth; (1) Any change in beamwidth; (2) change in antenna location; (3) Any Any change in emi (4) ssion type; (5) Any increase in antenna height; increase in authorized power; (6) Any (7) Any increase in emission bandwidth; (g) In addition to those changes listed in paragraph (a), any change requiring international coordination in the Maritime Public Coast VHF Service is major. (CMRS) (h) This section pertains to Ship stations. This section pertains to (i) Aircraft stations. (j) This section pertains to Amateur licenses. (k) Any change not specifically listed above as major is considered minor (see § 1.947(b)). This includes but is not limited to: or (1) Any pro forma assignment transfer of control; (2) Any name change not involving change in ownership or control of the license; (3) address and/or telephone number changes; Any Any changes in contact person; (4) Pertains ship station license; to (5) Any change to a site - (6) a PLMRS license under Part 90, or a license under Part 101, where the specific license, except - channel separation criteria are met, except those modifications Licensee’s interference contours are not extended and co h (c)(2) of this section; or defined in paragrap (7) conversion of multiple site - specific licenses into a single wide - area license, except a PLMRS license under part 90 or a Any or of this chapter, where there is no change in the Licensee’s composite interfere nce contour license under part 101 service area as defined in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. Item 8 . Enter ‘Y’ if attachments (other than associated schedules) are being filed with this application. Otherwise, enter ‘N’. Fees, Waivers, and Exemptions exemption 9 & 10 . These items allow the Applicant Items apply for from FCC application fees and regulatory fees. See the Fee to Filing Guide or call (877) 480 - 3201 (TTY 717 - 338 - 2824). 11a . If the filing is a request for a waiver of the Item Rules, enter ‘Y’ an d attach an exhibit that lists the rule section(s) of Commission’s Otherwise, circumstances. the the explains and rules affected ‘N’. enter 601 - Main Form Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 14

15 Item Waiver requests in certain wireless and/or public safety services are subject to filing fees based on the number of r ules for 11b . the waiver sought. Enter the number of rule sections {Do not enter is Rule Section, only the number of Rule Section(s)}. Consult which Fee Filing Guide for information on the required fee amounts. the . Some applications Item include techni cal data which is outside the limits of the existing rules but may have been 12 granted may waiver, covered by a grandfathering provision in the by or permissible because the requested facility is functionally previously rules, with an existing station . Applicants should check their present authorization or the specific rules governing operation on the integrated frequency (ies) to determine if entering ‘Y’ to this item is appropriate. Otherwise, enter ‘N’. requested Applicant Information 13 through 26 id entify the Applicant. If an Items authorization is granted, the information provided will become the Licensee’s address, and telephone number and e - mail of record. The FCC will send the authorization, if the licensee wishes to name, authorizatio ns on paper through the U.S. Postal Service as described in the General Filing Instructions, and notice of official receive dispositions of an application to this address. other Registration 13 . Item your ten digit FRN assigned by the Commission System (CORES). The FRN is a unique entity identifier for Enter everyone doing business with the Commission. The FRN can be obtained electronically through the FCC webpage at http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls FCC Registration Number (FR N) Commission Registration System (CORES)) or by manually submitting (Select Form 160. FCC Form 160 is available for downloading from http://www.fcc.gov/formpage.htm l , by calling the FCC's Forms FCC Center at (800) 418 - 3676, or the FCC’s Fax Information System by dialing (202) 418 - 0177. Note: Licensees should then Distribution their WTB call sign(s) electronically at http://wireless.fcc.gov/u ls (Select FCC Regi stration associate Number (FRN) Commission Registration System (CORES)) or by manually submitting FCC Form 606. FCC Form 606 can also be obtained from any of the as aforementioned FCC Form 160. locales of 14 . This item indicates the legal Item entity type the Appli cant. Select Individual, Unincorporated Association, Trust, Government Entity, Corporation, Limited Liability Company, General Partnership, Limited Partnership, Limited Liability Partnership, Consortium, or Other. selecting ‘Other’, provide a descript ion of the legal entity. When Note: applying or modifying a license acquired via a FCC auction cannot select “Consortium” as it s legal entity type. A Any entity rtium for licenses covered by the consortium participating in competitive bidding that is the winning bidder may not apply as a conso winning bids. Individual members of the consortium or new legal entities comprising individual consortium members may apply f or the licenses covered by the winning bids of the consortium. 15 . Enter ‘Y’ if the new Lic ensee name Item change is due to a change in ownership, corporate structure or entity. If you answer Item 15 ‘Y’, you must file FCC Form 603 for an Assignment of Authorization or a Transfer of Control before any modifications can be done to the Othe rwise, enter license. ‘N’ and continue. Items 16 - 17 . If Item 14 is an ‘Individual’, enter the name of the person applying in Item 16. Otherwise, enter the name of the legal entity in Item 17. the Items 18 - 24 . Enter the name, address, and telephone number of per son to whom the FCC should send correspondence. You may for enter a post office box number in Item 19 or a street address in Item 20, or enter information both items. Enter the city, state, and zip list code Items 21, 22, and 23, respectively. Refer to FCC 6 01 Main Form Instructions, Appendix II, for a in of valid state, jurisdiction, and area abbreviations. Enter a telephone number, including area code, in Item 24. Items 25 and 26 . Enter the Applicant’s fax number and e - mail address, if desired and avail able. Failure respond to FCC correspondence sent to the address of record may result to in dismissal of an application, liability for forfeiture, or revocation of an authorization. Demographics (Optional) the Item 27 ted for informational purposes only. Responses to this item will in no way affect The information is optional and is reques . processing of applications. Real Party in Interest 28 . Applicants must identify a real party (parties) in interest if different from the Applicant. Item t is also the real party in If the Applican leave this item blank. If a party other than the Applicant interest, the real party in interest (e.g., a parent or other controlling entity), enter is that party's name in this item. If there is more than one real party in inte rest, attach an exhibit detailing all parties in interest. The Real Party in Interest is defined as a person who “has an ownership interest, or will be in a position to actually or potentially control the 857 F.2d 1556, 1564 (D.C. Cir. 1988); Communication Company Limited Partner v. FCC, s ee also In Re operation of the station.” Astroline s Telecommunications Commission, et al., MM Docket No. 89 - Applications of Georgia Public 7996 (rel. Dec. 9, 1992); In Re 337, 7 FCC Rcd Applications of Madalina Broadcasti ng, et al., MM Docket No. - 100, 8 FCC Rcd 6344 (rel. September 3, 1993). 91 Item 29 . Enter your ten digit FRN assigned by the Commission Registration System (CORES) for the Real Party in Interest. The FRN is a entity identifier for everyone doing business with the Commission. unique The FRN can be obtained electronically through the FCC webpage at http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls (Select FCC Registration Number (FRN) Commission Registration System (CORES)) or by m anually submitting FCC Form 160. FCC Form 160 is available for downloading from http://www.fcc.gov/formpage.html , by calling the FCC's (202) dialing by System tion Informa the Fax FCC’s 0177. - 418 Forms Distribution Center at (800) 418 - 3676, or 601 - Main Form Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 15

16 Contact Information 40 . These items identify the contact representative, if different from the Applicant. This is usually the headquarters offices of 30 Items - company, law firm or other representative o f the Applicant, or the the person or company that prepared or submitted the application large a of the Applicant. If there is a question about the application, an FCC on will communicate with the Applicant’s behalf representative contact representative. cont act representative is the same as the Applicant, check the box the and do not complete the remaining items in this section. If the If representative is not contact the same as the Applicant, then you must provide the information and complete this section as follo ws: the Individual Name or the Company Name is required. • Either If • Name is completed, then Company Name and Attention To are not required. Individual Name Company If is completed, then either an Individual Name or the Attention to is required. • Either a PO Box • Street Address is required. Both may be provided. or a State and Zip Code are required. • City, Telephone (including Number is required area code). • Fax Number and E - Mail Address are optional. • this section is used, a name (Item 30), company name (Item 31), address (Items 33 - 37), (Item telephone number If 38) are required and at a minimum. If the address items are completed, you may enter a post office box number in Item 33 or a street address in Item 34, or information for both items. Refer to FCC 6 01 Main Form Instructions, Appendix II, for a list of valid state, jurisdiction, and area enter and the contact’s fax number (Item 39) e - mail address (Item 40) if available and desired. abbreviations. Enter Regulatory Status This item identifies the type(s) of radio service offerings Item 41 provided and must be completed. Enter all types of radio service . being Enter ‘C’ for Common Carrier, ‘N’ for Non - Common Carrier, ‘P’ for Private, internal communications or ‘B’ for Broadcast offerings that apply. , (MD) and ‘BM’ for Band Manager. Use the Modification Services purpose in Item 2 to chan ge or add radio service offerings. NOTE: For communications. radio services, select ‘P’ for Private, internal Do not select Broadcast Services. Broadcast Auxiliary entiti es that are telecommunications carriers should select common carrier on this form. The term ‘telecommunications carrier’ All provider of means telecommunications services, except that such term does not include aggregators of telecommunications services any of he term ‘aggregator’ (t any person that, in the ordinary course its operations, makes telephones available to the public or to means transient users of its premises, for interstate telephone calls using a provider of operator services). A telecommunication s carrier shall be as a common carrier under the Communications Act and the Commission's treated Rules ( i.e . , as an entity which holds itself out for hire indiscriminately, in interstate or foreign communications by wire or radio, or in interstate or forei gn radio transmission of energy, for the purpose of carrying transmissions provided by the customer), only to the extent that it is engaged in providing telecommunications services. The term ‘telecommunications service’ means the offering of telecommunica tions ( i.e. , the transmission, between or among points specified the user, of information of the user's choosing, without change in the form or content of the information as sent and by a fee directly to the public, or to such classes of user s as to be effectively available directly to the public, regardless of the received) for facilities used. carriers do not hold themselves out indiscriminately for - common as carriers of communications provided by the customer. A Non hire engaged in radio broadcas ting shall not, insofar as such person is so engaged, be deemed a person carrier. Thus, those common entities meeting this definition would select non - common carrier for this item. users are those entities that utilize telecommunications service s internal purely for internal business purposes or public safety Private and not on a for - hire communications or for - profit basis. Such entities should select ‘Private’ for this item. Broadcast Auxiliary should be included in this category and should select ‘Private’. Th e term ‘Broadcast Services’ shall have the same meaning as that for “broadcasting” in § 3( 7 ) of the Communications Act of 1934, i.e. , the dissemination of radio communications intended to be received by the public, directly or by the intermediary of relay stations.” 47 U.S.C. Broadcast 7 Entities meeting 153( definition should select ‘Broadcast Services’ for this item. ). Auxiliary Applicants should not select this this type of radio service offering. The term ‘Band Manager’ is defined for the 746 - 747 MHz, 7 62 - 764 MHz, 776 - 777 MHz, and 792 - 794 MHz Guard Bands as a commercial that functions solely as a spectrum broker by subdividing Licensee its licensed spectrum and making it available to system operators or directly to end users for fixed or mobile communica tions consistent with the Commission Rules. A Band Manager in the 700 MHz Guard Bands ( i.e. , a “Guard Band Manager”) is directly responsible for any interference or misuse of its licensed frequencies select should definition this meeting item. this for Manager’ ‘Band arising from its use by such non - licensed entities. Ent ities 601 - Main Form Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 16

17 Type Of Radio S ervice Item . This item identifies all types of radio services for the Applicant. Enter ‘F’ for Fixed, ‘M’ for Mobile, ‘R’ for Radiolocation, ‘S’ for 42 ‘B’ for Broadcast Services. Enter all types of radio services, as applicable. Broadcast Auxiliary Applicants should select and Satellite, not Broadcast Services. Note: Broadcast Services is Mobile, for the direct dissemination to the public. Fixed or 43 . Indi cate whether the Applicant plans to provide interconnected service to the public switched telephone network as defined in Item rules. Enter ‘Y’ if yes. Otherwise, enter ‘N’. FCC the Alien Ownership Questions items enable the FCC to determine whether an Applicant is eligible under § 310(a) and (b) of the Communications Act of 1934, as These to hold a station license. Applicants are required to answer these questions only if 1) they are filing FCC Form 601 for one of amended, following purposes indicated in Item 2: the New, Amendment, Modification, or Renewal/Modification; and 2) the answers have changed from those previously provided. If the answer is 'Y', attach exhibit explaining circumstances. Applicants using FCC Form 601 for any must are not requi red to answer these questions. Any A pplicant that answers ‘Y’ to Items 44 - 48 provide an attachment other purpose circumstances. The FCC will otherwise dismiss the the Application without further consideration. explaining Commission’s foreign ownership rules fo r common carrier, aeronautical en route and aeronautical fixed radio station licensees are The 1.994 Sections 1.990 through codified of the Commission’s Rules, 47 CFR §§ 1.990 - 1.994. See also Review of Foreign Ownership in of Common Carrier and Aeron autical Radio Licensees under Section 310(b)(4) Policies the Communications Act of 1934, as for Docket No. amended, 11 - 133, Second Report and Order, FCC 13 - 50, IB 28 FCC Rcd 5741 (2013) (“Foreign Ownership Second Report and Order”). Item 44 . All Applicants filing F CC Form 601 for one of the purposes indicated above must answer Item 44. The FCC cannot grant an authorization a foreign government or the representative of a foreign government. Therefore, if the true and correct answer to Item 44 to the Applicant is not eligible to hold a license and the FCC will dismiss the application, if filed, without further consideration. is ‘Y’, 45 - 46 . The FCC cannot grant an authorization to provide common carrier or aeronautical en route service to any Applicant for Items 45 true and correct answer to either of Items which or 46 is ‘Y’ Any Applicant that answers ‘Y’ to either of Items 45 or 46 must the the attachment explaining why provide requested license(s) is exempt from the prohibitions contained in Section 310(b)(1) - (2) of an the Communications 47 U.S.C. § 310(b)(1) - (2). The FCC Act, will otherwise dismiss the application without further consideration. Item 47 . Enter ‘Y’ if the Applicant is a corporation of which more than one - fifth of the capital stock is owned of record or voted by aliens or their or by a foreign government or representative thereof, or by any corporation organized under the laws of a foreign representatives, requested country. enter ‘N’. If the answer is ‘Y’, and if the Otherwise, license(s) would allow for the provision of a common carrier service, it is necessary for the Applicant to have or obtain Commission approval. See 47 CFR § 1.990(a)(2). If the answer is ‘Y’, and if en the license(s) would allow for the provision of aeronautical requested route service, the Applicant must provide an attachment explaining why the requested license(s) is exempt from the prohibitions contained in Section 310(b)(3) of the Communications Act, 47 U.S.C. § 310(b)(3). The FCC will otherwise dismiss the application withou t further consideration. than more owning from corporations and governments, individuals, foreign prohibits While Section 310(b)(3) of the Communications Act 20 of the capital stock of a broadcast, common carrier, aeronautical en route, and aerona utical fixed radio station licensee, the percent determined that it will not apply the 20 percent limit Commission common carrier licensees in which the foreign investment is held has to in the licensee through U.S. - organized entities that do not control licen see, to the extent the Commission determines such foreign the ownership is consistent with the public interest. In making a public interest determination, the Commission applies the same policies and procedures it applies in reviewing foreign ownership th at is that subject to Section 310(b)(4) of the Communications Act. The Commission adopted this Section 310(b)(3) “forbearance” approach in the Foreign Ownership First Report and Order, IB Docket No. 11 - Foreign 133, FCC 12 - 93, 27 FCC Rcd 9832 (2012). The Commission cod ified the forbearance approach in the Ownership Second Report and Order, IB Docket No. 11 - 133, FCC 13 - 50, at ¶¶ 30 - 37. and equity be uld wo The Commission’s Section 310(b)(3) forbearance approach applies only to foreign or voting interests that are held, U.S. held, the common carrier Licensee through one or more intervening in - organized entities that do not control the Licensee. Foreign equity and/or voting interests that are held, or would be held, directly in the Licensee, or indirectly other than through an intervening U.S. - and organized entity, are not subject to the Commission’s Section 310(b)(3) forbearance approach shall not be permitted to exceed 20 percent equity or voting interests. the Accordingly, if the requested license(s) would allow for service, provision of a common carrier any Applicant that answers ‘Y’ to Item or 47 provide an attachment consisting of one of the showings specified in (i), (ii), must (iii) below. The FCC will otherwise dismiss the application without further consid eration. (i) A demonstration that the subject application is exempt from the provisions of Section 310(b)(3); A statement that the Applicant has received prior Commission (ii) approval of its foreign ownership pursuant to the Commission’s Section Number, FCC or FCC 310(b)(3) forbea rance approach, citation(s) to the relevant declaratory ruling(s) received by the Applicant (i.e., DA 601 FCC Instructions Form Main - August 2016 - Page 17

18 Record if available, and release date), and a statement specifying that the Applicant is in compliance with the terms and citation con its ruling and with the Commission’s Rules; or of ditions copy of a petition for declaratory ruling filed pursuant to Section 1.990(a)(2) of the Rules, 47 CFR § 1.990(a)(2), A (iii) Commission’s Commission approval of the Applicant’s foreign ownershi p, held through or more intervening U.S. - organized entities that requesting one non - controlling equity and/or voting interests in the Applicant, along with hold any foreign interests held in the Applicant directly (which exceed 20 percent of its equity inte rests and/or 20 percent of its voting interests). The petition may be filed electronically on the shall not of through the Bureau Filing System (IBFS) and shall otherwise comport with the requirements Sections 1.990 Internet International of the Commis sion’s Rules, 47 1.994 §§ 1.990 - 1.994. through CFR respect to the showing specified in (ii) above, an Applicant that is relying on a foreign ownership ruling(s) issued to an “affiliate” With pursuant the Commission’s Section 310(b)(3) forbearance approach and Sectio n 1.990(a)(2) of the Rules shall include in its showing to certification part signed by the affiliate, a U.S. - organized successor - in - interest formed as of a pro forma reorganization, or a controlling a company, stating that the affiliate or successor - i n - interest is in compliance with the terms and conditions of the foreign ownership parent and the Commission’s Rules. See Section 1.994(b) of the Rules, 47 CFR § 1.994(b). See also Section 1.990(d)(2) (defining ruling(s) - “affiliate” for purposes of Secti ons 1.990 1.994 of the Rules). term the 48a . Enter ‘Y’ if the Applicant is directly or indirectly controlled by any other U.S. - organized entity of which more than one - fourth of Item their stock is owned of record or voted by aliens or capital representatives, or by a foreign government or representative thereof, or the by any corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country. Otherwise, enter ‘N’. If the answer is ‘Y’, and if the requested license(s) allow for the provision of a common carrier or aero nautical en route service, it is necessary for the Applicant to have or would Commission approval of the foreign ownership of its direct and/or indirect controlling U.S. - organized parent company(ies) obtain U.S.C. to Section 310(b)(4) of the Communications Act of 1934, 47 § 310(b)(4). See 47 CFR § 1.990(a)(1); Foreign pursuant Second Report and Order, IB Docket No. 11 - 133, FCC 13 - 50, ¶¶ 30 - 37. Ownership Accordingly, any Applicant that answers ‘Y’ to Item 48a must provide an attachment consisting of one of the sh owings specified in (i), (ii), (iii) below. or The FCC will otherwise dismiss the application without further consideration. exempt A (i) that the requested license(s) is from the provisions of Section 310(b)(4); demonstration (ii) A statement that the Applicant has received prior Commission approval of the foreign ownership of its direct and/or indirect controlling U.S. company(ies) pursuant to Section 310(b)(4), citation(s) to the relevant declaratory ruling(s) received by the Applicant (i.e., parent Applicant FCC Number, FCC Record citation if available, DA release date), and a statement specifying that the or is in compliance and with the terms and conditions of its ruling with the Commission’s Rules; or and (iii) A copy of a petition for declaratory ruling filed p ursuant to Section 1.990(a)(1) of the Commission’s Rules, 47 CFR § 1.990(a)(1), direct requesting approval of the foreign ownership of its Commission and/or indirect controlling U.S. - organized parent company(ies). The petition may be filed electronically o n the Internet through the International Bureau Filing System (IBFS) and shall otherwise comport with the requirements of Sections 1.990 through 1.994 of the Commission’s Rules, 47 CFR §§ 1.990 - 1.994. respect to the showing specified in (ii) above, a n Applicant With is relying on a foreign ownership ruling(s) issued to an “affiliate” that Section pursuant to the 310(b)(4) of the Act and Section 1.990(a)(1) of the Rules, shall include in its showing a certification signed by affiliate, U.S. - organized succ essor - in - interest formed as part of a pro forma reorganization, or a controlling parent company, stating a conditions affiliate or successor - in - interest is in compliance with the terms and that of the foreign ownership ruling(s) and the the s. See Commission’s Section 1.994(b) of the Rules, 47 CFR § 1.994(b). See also Section Rule 1.990(d)(2) (defining the term “affiliate” for of Sections 1.990 - 1.994 purposes of the Rules). Item 48b . An Applicant that has answered ‘Y’ to Item 47 and/or Item 48a is required to respond to Item 48b. Item 48b enables the FCC to whether the Applicant has attached to its application determine the appropriate foreign ownership showing required by the Commission’s Foreign Ownership Second Report and Order, IB Docket No. 11 - 133, FCC 1 3 - 50, and the foreign ownership rules Form adopted in that Order, 47 CFR §§ 1.990 - 1.994. See Main Instructions for Item 47 and Item 48a. Basic Qualification Questions FCC Items 49 - 51 . These items enable the § to determine whether an Applicant is eligible u nder § 310(d) and 308(b) of the Communications of 1934, as amended, to hold or have ownership interest in a station license. Applicants are required to answer Act 2: only if 1) they are filing FCC Form these for one of the following purposes in dicated in Item questions New, Amendment, 601 Modification, or Renewal/Modification; and 2) the answers have changed from those previously provided. Applicants using FCC Form 601 for any other purpose are not required to answer these questions. If the answer to any o ne or more of Items 49 - 51 is ‘Y’, attach as the an a statement explaining the circumstances and a statement giving exhibit reasons why the Applicant believes that grant of the application would be in the public interest notwithstanding the actual or allege d misconduct. If the Applicant responds ‘Y’ to any question circumstances and has previously provided a statement and explanation regarding the as an attachment to a prior application filed in application ULS, and the facts and circumstances are unchanged, the Applica nt may refer to the previous application by identifying the and number file application. prior the of disposition the indicating 601 - Main Form Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 18

19 Aeronautical Station (Unicom) Certification Advisory 52 This item certifies that the Licensee has complied with 47 CFR § Failure to certify may result in dismissal of Item 87.215(d). and forfeiture of application any fees paid. the Radio Service and Educational Broadband Service Cable Cross - Ownership Broadband has and 53b . These items enable the FCC to deter mine whether an Applicant 53a complied with 47 Item § 27.1202. CFR Educational Service and Broadband Radio Broadband Service Item 54 (for EBS only) and Item 55 (for BRS and EBS) . These items enable the FCC to determine whether the Licensee has complied § with CFR § 27.50, § 27.55, 47 27.1203 and § 27.1221. Applicants Who Participated in an Auction Item 56 . This item enable s the FCC to determine whether the Applicant has complied with the qualifying rural wireless partnership exception . General Certification S tatements By signing this form, the Applicant certifies that the statements listed in this section are true, complete, correct, and made in good faith. Middle the of 6403 - 6401 6103, tions by Sec General Certification (9) is required for applications for licenses for spectrum required that is §§ Class Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012, codified at 47 U.S.C. Tax 309, 1413, 1451 - 1452, to be assigned by a system of competitive bidding under 47 U.S.C. § 309(j) (e.g. , radio service AH (AWS - H Block at 1915 - 1920 M Hz and 1995 - 2000 MHz) , radio 2155 service AT (AWS - 3, 1695 - 1710 MHz, 1755 - 1780 MHz and - 2180 MHz) , and radio service WT (600 MHz Band) ) . For purposes of this certification, the term “reasons of national security” means matters relating to the national defens e and foreign relations of the United States. Signature 57 - 59 . These items must be completed. To be Items_ acceptable for filing, applications and amendments must be signed in accordance with Part 1 of the FCC rules. The signor must be a person authorized to sign the application. Paper originals of applications must bear an original signature. On paper originals neither rubber - stamped nor photocopied signatures are acceptable. Applicant typed of on the application as a the For filers filing electronically via ULS, the electronic signature shall consis t of the name signature. 601 - Main Form Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 19

20 I Appendix Guidelines International Coordination Requirements on General International coordination is an ongoing process, and agreements with neighboring countries are subject to c hange at any time. - A current list of agreements with Canada, arranged by frequency band, is available at https://www.fcc.gov/international agreements/canada . A current list of agreements with Mexico, arranged by frequency band, is available at - . These links provide guidance on whether the frequency band being applied for is agreements/mexico https://www.fcc.gov/international e specific subject to international coordination with Canada or Mexico. Applicants should refer to the actual agreement to determine th coordination criteria applicable to a frequency band. If you are unsure of the coordination criteria for a particul ar frequency band, contact the Commission for guidance. International agreements shown at the links above specify general coordination criteria only for those frequency bands for which coordination authority resides with the FCC. Frequency bands that are shared with the Federal Government may have different coordination criteria and are coordinated by the Interdepartment Radio Advisory Committee (IRAC). § 2.106 for a table of 47 CFR See y state, provides further guidance on which areas require frequency frequency allocations. The following list of counties/boroughs, b coordination with Canada. 601 - Main Form Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 20

21 Coordination Canadian Various List of Counties/Boroughs, by State, Having Areas Within Zones M and For use with Schedules D, I mi) County/Borough X - is mi) mi) mi) mi) mi) completely within (35 (35 (35 (75 (75 (75 specified zone. A A A C C C km km km – County/Borough X P Line Line Line Line Line Line 56.3 120 km 56.3 120 km 56.3 120 km of is partially within of of of of of zone. specified Canadian Border Canadian Border Canadian Border Canadian Border Canadian Border Canadian Border of of East Within Within North of of of Within of North East Within East North Within Within Michigan (Cont’d) Alaska (cont’d) Minnesota X X X Haines Borough Cass X P X Crawford X Borough X Juneau X X Delta X X P Clearwater P X X X Gateway Ketchikan P X Dickinson X X Cook P X X P X North P Slope X P X Eaton P P X Itasca X P X P X P X outer Wales Of Prince Emmet X X X X X Kittson Ketchikan X X Genesee Koochiching X P X X 0B Sitka X X P X Gladwin P P X X Lake X X P P X X - Hoonah - Skagway Woods X X The X P Of Lake Gogebic X Angoon Marshall P X X X X Gratiot P X Hillsdale X P X Pennington X X P Southeast Fairbanks X P X P P X X Houghton P X P X Polk X cordova P X P X P Valdez - Huron X X X P Red Lake P X X Wrangell X X P P - petersburg X P X Ingham X X Roseau X P P Yakutat X X X X P Ionia P St. Louis X X P X P X X P P X P koyukuk - Yukon Montana X P Iosco X Idaho X Iron P Blaine P X P X X Bonner X P X P X P X P Isabella X P X P Chouteau X X X Boundary P X son Jack X X X X Daniels P X Kootenai P X Kalkaska P X P X P Flathead X one P X P Shosh X X X Keweenaw X Indiana Glacier X X X P X X X Lapeer P X P Allen Hill X X X P Leelanau P X X P De Kalb X Lake P P Lenawee X X X P X Steuben Clark And Lewis P X X P Livingston X X Liberty X X Maine X P X Luce X X P X X X P Lincoln P P X Androscoggin X P X X Mackinac P X X Mccone X P P X Aroostook X X X Macomb X X Phillips P X P X X P X P Cumberland P X Marquette X X P X Pondera X X X P Franklin P Menominee X X P X P Richland P P X X X Hancock X Midland X P Roosevelt X X Kennebec P X P X Missaukee X P P Sanders X P X P X Oxford P P X X P X Monroe X X X Sheridan P X X X X P P P X Penobscot P X Montcalm Teton X P X P P X X X Piscataquis X Montmorency X X X P Toole X X P X X Somerset P Oakland X X P X X Valley X P P X P X P Waldo X P X Ogemaw New Hampshire P X X Washington X X Ontonagon X P Michigan X X P Carroll P Oscoda X P X X P X X P Coos X Alcona X X X P Otsego X P Grafton X P Alger X X P X X Presque Isle X P York New X X X Alpena P Roscommon X X P X P Allegany Antrim X P P X Saginaw X X P X P X Cattaraugus Arenac X X P X Sanilac X X P X Cayuga P P X X Baraga X Schoolcraft X X P X X X P Chautauqua P Bay X X Shiawassee X P X P X X X Clinton X P Branch Clair St. X X X X P Cortland P alhoun C X Tuscola X X Erie X X X X Charlevoix P X X Washtenaw X P X P Essex X X P X X X P X Cheboygan X yne Wa X X P X Franklin X X X Chippewa X X Minnesota X X X Genesee P P X Clare P Beltrami P X P X X Clinton X X Carlton P 601 - FCC Main Form Instructions August 2016 - 21 Page

22 X – County is mi) mi) mi) mi) mi) mi) completely within specified zone. (35 (35 (35 (75 (75 (75 A A A C C C km km km P is partially - X County Line Line Line specif zone. within ied Line Line Line 56.3 120 km 56.3 120 km 120 km 56.3 of of of of of of th Canadian Border Canadian Border Canadian Border Canadian Border Canadian Border Canadian Border Within Within East North East Within Within of North Within of of of East of Within Nor of Ohio (Cont’d) (Cont’d) Washington New York (Cont’d) P Lorain X X X P Pend X X X Oreille Hamilton X P X P P P X X X Lucas P X Pierce X Herkimer P X P X Mahoning X P X X X Juan San X X Jefferson X P Marion X P Lewis P Skagit X X P X X X X XP Medina X Snohomish X X P X X Livingston X P Morrow X X Spokane X P X P P Madison X P Ottawa X X X X X P P X Stevens P X P X Monroe X Paulding X P Whatcom X X X Niagara X X X Wisconsin P Portage X P X Onei X P X P da P P X Putnam X Onondaga P X X X P Ashland X P Richland X P Ontario X X Bayfield X P Sandusky X X X P Orleans X X X Dou X P glas X Seneca P X X Oswego P X X X Florence P X P X Stark Schuyler X X P Forest X Summit P X X Seneca P X P P X Iron P X P X Trumbull X X P St. Lawrence X P X Marinette P Wayne X P X Steuben P X Vilas P X X X P illiams W Tompkins X P P X X X Wood Warren X P Wyandot P X X Washington P Pennsylvania X X P Wayne X X X P X Wyoming X X P X Crawford P P Yates X P X Elk X P Dakota North X P X Erie X P Forest X X P 1B X Benson P Mckean P X X X X Bottineau Mercer X P Burke X X X Potter P X X X X Cavalier P Venango X X X X Divide X Warren P X X X P Forks Grand P Vermont P P X P X Mchenry X Mckenzie X P X P X X P Addison X Mountrail X P X P P Caledonia P X X X X P X P Nelson P X Chittenden X X X X Pembina X X X P Essex X X Pierce X P X P P X X X Franklin P Ramsey X X X P P Grand X X X Isle Renville P X X X Lamoille X X X P Rolette X X X Orang e X P X P P X X X Towner X Orleans X X Walsh X X X P P Rutland X X P X P X Ward P X Washington X X P Williams X X P P X Windsor X P X P Ohio Washington X X P X P Chelan X P X P P Ashland Clallam X X X P Ashtabula P X X X Douglas X P X P Crawford X X X P X P X Ferry P P X Cuyahoga X Grant P X Defiance X X P X Grays X Erie X P X P X Harbor Island X X X P Fulton X X X X X P X Jefferson Geauga X X P X King X P X P X Hancock P P X Kitsap X Hardin P X Lincoln X P Henry X X Mason X P X P P Holmes X X X P P X Okanogan P Huron X X X X X Lake P X FCC 601 - Main Form Instructions August 2016 - Page 22

23 Appendix II STATE TABLE for States, Jurisdictions, and Areas Abbreviations Alabama ND AL North Dakota AK Alaska OH Ohio AZ Arizona OK Oklahoma Ark ansas OR Oregon AR CA California PA Pennsylvania Rhode RI Colorado Island CO CT Connecticut SC South Carolina DE Delaware SD South Dakota Columbia DC District of TN Tennessee FL Florida TX Texas Georgia UT Utah GA Gulf of GM Mexico VT Vermont HI Hawa ii VA Virginia Idaho ID Washington WA Illinois Virginia IL West WV IN Indiana Wisconsin WI Wyoming Iowa WY IA KS Kansas KY AS American Samoa Kentucky Louisiana GU Guam LA MP Northern Maine Mariana Islands ME MD Maryland PR Puerto Rico Territories: MA Massac husetts UM U.S. (Baker Island, Howland Island, Kingman MI Michigan Midway Jarvis Island, Joh n ston Atoll, Reef, Palmyra Island, Navassa Wake Island, and Atoll MN Minnesota Mississippi Island) MS MO Missouri VI Virgin Islands MT Montana AA NE Nebraska Canada) Armed Forces - Americas (excluding East, Middle Nevada (Europe, AE - Forces Armed NV Africa, NH New Hampshire Canada) Jersey Pacific NJ - Forces Armed AP New NM Mexico New York NY New NC North Carolina 601 - Main Form Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 23

24 Service FCC FCC Applicat ion for Radio 601 Authorization: Approved by OMB Form Wireless Bureau Telecommunications Main 3060 - 0798 Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau See instructions for public burden estimate Service Radio Existing 1a) 1) Radio Service Code: Code: Information General (Select 2) one) ( ) only - - Only AU - Administrative Update NT Renewal Required Notifications NE - New R O Renewal/Modification WD - Withdrawal of Application EX - Requests MD for Extension of Time - Modification RM - - Cancellation of License DU - Duplicate License RL – Registered Location/Link CA Amendment - AM /A N S M D ) ( or a S pecial Temporary Authorization onstration 3a) m De License, evelopmental D a for is If this application License, in the instructions. Otherwise enter ‘ N /A ’ (Not (STA), enter the code and attach the required exhibit as described Applicable). ) Y es ( N o enter an emergency situation, enter ‘Y’; otherwise ‘N’ . this is for Special Temporary Authority due to 3b) If application be an emergency. Refer to Rule 1.915 for an explanation of situations considered to Number File is Amendment or Withdrawal, enter the file number of the pending application currently 4) If this application for an with FCC. on file the Sign Call a Modification, Renewal Only, Renewal/Modification, Cancellation of License, Du plicate 5) If this application is for call of the existing FCC license. sign the Update, enter Administrative or License, Location/Link, enter the FCC call sign assigned to the geographic license. If this is a request for Registered is a New, Amend ment, Renewal Only, or Renewal/Modification, enter the requested application this If 6) for MM DD is item optional). authorization (this date expiration / ( ) Y es N o of the Rules when read in conjunction with the 1.929 § in defined as “major” application this Is 7) Commission’s 90 of the Commission’s Rules? (NOTE: This question only appli cable radio service rules found in Parts 22 and applicability applies and full text of § 1.929). instructions for the See applications. specific to certain site - Y er than associated (oth being filed with this application? ( ) es N o 8) Are attachments schedules) Exemptions and Fees, Waivers, FCC application fees? ( ) Y es N o 9) Is the Applicant exempt from ( ) Y es N o FCC fees? Applicant exempt from the Is 10) regulatory ( ) Y es N o Commission’s Rule(s)? application include a request for a Waiver of the is th Does 11a) circumstances. ‘Yes’, attach an exhibit providing rule If number(s) and explaining is ‘Y’, and a feeable waiver request is attached, enter the number of rule sections involved. Number of 11b) If 11a Rule Section(s): N ( es Y ) o this filing covered by privileges, previously 12) Are the frequencies or parameters requested in grandfathered existing station? approved by waiver, or functionally integrated with an - FCC 601 Main Form Page August 2016 1 -

25 A Information pplicant 13) (FRN): Number FCC Registration Legal Entity Applicant/Licensee Type: 14) (Select One) ( ) Individual ( )Unincorporated Association )Government Entity )Corporation ( )Limited Liability Company ( ) General Partnership ( ) Limited Partnership ) Limited Liability Partnership ( ) Consortium ( Other: ) o N es Y ) ( updated, is the update a result If the sale the (or transfer of control) of the license(s) 15) Licensee name is being from not to party another which for and proper Commission approval has not bee n received or proper notification provided? First 16) Suffix: Name Name: Last MI: (if individual): (if other Entity Name Legal 17) individual): than To: 18) Attention 20) Street Address : Box: And/Or P.O. 19) 23) Zip Code: City: 22) 21) State: 24) Telephone Number: 25) Fax: - Mail 26) E Address: Demographics 27) (Optional) Gender: Ethnicity: Race: or )Male ( atino L or ( )Hispanic ( )American Indian Native Alaska or )Not Hispanic )Asian ( )Female ( Latino ( ( )Black or African - American Hawaiian or Other ( Pacific Islander )Native ( )White Real in Interest Party Interest of Applicant (If different from 28) 29) FCC Registration Number (FRN) of Real Party in Interest: Name of Real Party in Applicant): the (If different from Applicant) Information Contact ) Check here if same ( as Applicant. Name: MI: First Name: Suffix: 30) Last Company Name: 31) To: Attention 32) P.O. Box: And 33) 34) Street Address : /Or City: 36) State: 37) Zip Code: 35) 38) : 39) Fax : Telephone Number 40) E - Mail Address: - Main Form FCC 601 2 Page - August 2016

26 Regulatory Status This filing is for authorization to provide o r use 41) following type(s) of radio service offering (enter all that apply): the anager M and B ) ( roadcast Services B ) ( internal communications - rivate, P ) ( Carrier Common ( on N ) ( Carrier ommon C ) Service Radio of Type authorization to provide the followi ng type(s) of radio service (choose all that apply): 42) This filing is for ( ) F ixed ( ) M obile ) S atellite (sound) ) B roadcast Services es Y ) network? N 43) Does the Applicant propose o to provide service interconnected public telephone the to Alien Ownership Questions (If any answer is ‘Y”, provide an attachment expl aining the In preparing the attachment, refer to circumstances. for Form Instructions Main the the “Alien Ownership Questions”.) foreign a Applicant government? the Is 44) o N es Y ) ( foreign any of representative the government or Is the Applicant an alien or the representative 45) an alien? ( ) Y es N o of of laws the under organized corporation a Applicant the Is 46) N es Y ) ( o government? foreign any N o 47) Is the Applicant a corporation of which more than one - fifth of the capital stock is owned of reco rd or voted by aliens or ( ) Y es representative foreign a of laws the under organized corporation any by or thereof, country? government or foreign a by or representatives, their - FCC 601 Main Form Page August 2016 3 -

27 48a) Applicant directly or indirectly controlled by any other c orporation of which more than one - fourth of the capital stock ( ) Y es N o Is the owned record or voted by aliens or their representatives, or by a foreign government or representative thereof, or by any is of organized the laws of a foreign coun try? corporation under the answer to 47 or 48a is ‘Y’ select one of the choices below. 48b) If exempt from the provisions is of Section 310(b). Applicant The is not necessary to file a petition for declaratory ruling if the Applicant includes in the attachment requir ed by Item 47 or Item It a showing 48a license(s) is exempt from the provisions of Section 310(b). that the requested ownership, has received a The ruling(s) approving its foreign and the application involves only the acquisition of Applicant declaratory ditional spectrum for the provision of a wireless service in a geographic coverage area for which the Applicant has been previously ad authorized. checked, in the attachment required by Item 47 or Item 48a include the citation(s) of the applicable declara tory ruling(s) by DA/FCC If the FCC Record citation, number, available, release date, and a statement that there has been no change in the foreign ownership of the if issuance of the ruling. Applicant since its Applicant: (i) has received a declaratory r uling(s) approving its foreign ownership, The is not able to make the certification specified but immediately above; or (ii) is an “affiliate” of a Licensee or Lessee/SubLessee that received a declaratory ruling(s) under Section 1.990(a) of Ru les , 47 CFR § 1.990(a) , the a nd is relying on the affiliate’s ruling for purposes of Commission’s filing this application as permitted under the affiliate’s ruling and Section 1.994(b) of the Rules, 47 CFR § 1.994(b). If checked, and if the Applicant received its declarat ory ruling(s) on or after August 9, 2013, include in the attachment required by Item 47 or Item the citation(s) of the Applicant’s declaratory ruling(s) by DA/FCC number, the FCC Record citation, if available, release date, and a 48a statement that the App licant is in compliance with the terms and conditions of its ruling and with the Commission’s Rules. If checked, and if the Applicant received its declaratory ruling(s) prior to August 9, 2013 , include in the attachment required by Item 48a a cover copy of a pe tition for declaratory ruling filed contemporaneously with the Commission to extend the Applicant’s existing ruling(s) to the the same radio service(s) and geographic coverage area(s) involved in application. Alternatively, the Applicant may request a new declaratory ruling pursuant to Section 1.990(a) of the Commission’s Rules, 47 CFR § 1.990(a). Petitions for declaratory ruling may be filed electronically the Internet through the International Bureau Filing System (IBFS) (with a copy attached her eto). on and if the Applicant is relying on an affiliate’s ruling for checked, purposes of filing this application, include in the attachment required by If 47 or Item 48a the citation(s) of the applicable declaratory Item ruling(s) by DA/FCC number, the FCC Record citation, if available, release date, and a statement that the Applicant is in compliance with the terms and conditions of the named affiliate’s ruling and with the Commission’s Rules. The Applicant must also include a certification of compliance s igned by the named affiliate or other qualified entity as specified Section 1.994(b) of the Rules, 47 CFR § 1.994(b). See Main Form Instructions for Items 47 or 48a, as applicable. in gn The has not received a declaratory ruling approving its forei ownership and is requesting a declaratory ruling under Section Applicant 1.990(a) of the Commission’s Rules , 47 CFR § 1.990(a), in a petition filed contemporaneously with the Commission. checked, include in the attachment required by Item 47 or 48a a copy of the petition for declaratory ruling filed contemporaneously If with the CFR Commission pursuant to Section 1.990(a) of the Commission’s Rules, 47 § 1.990(a). Petitions for declaratory ruling may be filed copy a (with System (IBFS) hereto). attached electronically on the Internet through the Internationa l Bureau Filing - FCC 601 Main Form Page August 2016 4 -

28 Basic Questions Qualification station Has the Applicant or any party to this application had any FCC authorization, license or construction ( ) Y es N o 49) revoked or had any application for an initial, modification or renewal of FCC station authorization, license, or construction permit Commission? by the permit denied Has the Applicant or any party to this application, 50) any party directly or indirectly controlling the Applicant, ( ) Y es N o or ever been convicted of a felony by any state or federal court? 51) Has any court finally adjudged the Applicant or any party directly or indirectly controlling the Applicant guilty of unlawfully ( ) Y es N o monopolizing attempting unlawfull y to monopolize radio or communication, directly or indirectly, through control of manufacture or sale of radio apparatus, exclusive traffic arrangement, or any other means or unfair methods of competition? the answer to any of 49 - 51 is ‘Y’, attach a n exhibit explaining the circumstances. If Advisory Aeronautical (Unicom) Certification Station ) I certify 52) ( that the station will be located on property of the airport to be served, and, in cases where the airport does not have a control the at located ganizations or service aviation all and airport the of owner the notified have I station, that FAA flight service RCO, or airport tower, days application. within ten to prior Broadband Radio Cross Cable Service Broadband Educational and Service - Ownership Will the requested facilities be used to provide multichannel 53a) video programming service? ) Y es N o 53b) If the answer to question 53a is ‘Y’, does the Applicant operate, cont rol or have an attributable interest ) Y es N o in a (as defined in Section 27.1202 of the Commission’s Rules) cable television system whose franchise area is located within the geographic service area of the requested facilities? Commission’s Note: If the answer to question 53b is ‘Y’ , attach an exhibit explaining how the Applicant complies with Section 27.1202 of the Rules or justifying a waiver of that rule. If a waiver ‘Y’. of the Commission Rule(s) is being requested, Item 11a must be answered Service Radio Broadband (Part Service 27) Broadband Educational and 54) (For EBS only) Does the Applicant comply with the programming requirements contained in Section 27.1203 ) Y es N o of the Commission’s Rules? explaining Note: If the answer to item 54 is ‘N’, attach an exhibit how the Applicant complies with Section 27.1 203 of the Commission’s Rules or If rule. of that waiver a justifying answered be must 11a Item requested, being is Rule(s) Commission the of waiver a ‘Y’. 55) (For BRS and EBS) Does the Applicant comply with Sections 27.50, 27.55, and 27.1221 of the Co mmission’s Rules? ) Y es N o Commission the of waiver a If that rule(s). of waiver a justifying exhibit an attach ‘N’, is 55 item to answer the If Note: requested, being is Rule(s) ‘Y’. Item must be answered 11a Who Participated in an Auction or Applicants F rural wireless partnership ? ( ) Y es N 56) Is the Applicant a qualifying rural o wireless partnership or a member of a qualifying numbers. attach an exhibit listing all members of the qualifying rural wireless partnership, including their FRN Note: If the answer to item 56 is ‘Y’, Certification Statements General particular The Applicant waives any claim to the use of any frequency or of the 1) electromagnetic States United the of power regulatory the against as spectrum or license by whether same, the of use previous the of because application. this with accordance in an requests and otherwise, authorization pertinent any of violation in be to Applicant the cause not would application this of grant that certifies Applicant The 2) rules.* attribution or ownership - s cros *If the Applicant has sought a waiver of any such rule in connection with this application, it may make this to the outcome of the certification waiver request. subject material, are part of 3) The Applicant certifies that all statements made in this application and in the exhibits, attachments, or documents incorporated by reference are and this and are true, complete, correct, made in good faith. application, The Applicant certifies that neither the Applicant nor an y other party to the application is subject to a denial of Federal benefits pursuant to § 5301 of the Anti - Drug 4) of 1988, 21 U.S.C. § 862, because of a conviction for possession or Act distribution of a controlled substance. This certification does no t apply to applications Abuse 1.2002(c). in services exempted under § 1.2002(c) of the rules, 47 CFR § See § 1.2002(b) of the rules, 47 CFR § 1.2002(b), for the definition of "party to the filed application" used in this certification. as data The Applicant certi fies that it either (1) has required ownership on file with the Commission, (2) is filing updated ownership data simultaneously with this 5) current or (3) is not required to file ownership data application, under the Commission's Rules. 6) The Applican t certifies that the facilities, operations, and transmitters for which this authorization is hereby requested are either: (1) categorically excluded from routine radiofrequency environmental evaluation for RF exposure as set forth in 47 of levels to exposure human cause to not found n bee have (2) or, 1.1307(b); § CFR (3) radiation excess of the limits specified in 47 CFR §§ 1.1310 and 2.1093; or, in are the subject of one or more Environmental Assessments filed with the Commission. 7 ) The Applicant certif ies that it has reviewed the appropriate Commission Rules defining eligibility to hold the requested license(s), and is eligible to hold the requested license(s). The Applicant certifies that it is not in default on any payment for Commission 8) es and that it is not delinquent on any non - tax debt owed to any federal agency. licens related individuals and entities required to be disclosed on this application and FCC Form 602 (FCC and the pplicant A the certifies that Applicant The 9) Ownership all of have Dis Information for the Wireless Telecommunications Services) are not person(s) who closure been, for reasons of national security, barred by any agency of the Federal Government from bidding for licenses for applications to only applies certification This t. on a receiving or auction, an in participating contract, a gran that is required by Sections 6103, 6401 - 6403 of the Middle Class Tax Relief and spectrum Job Creation Act of 2012, codified at 47 U.S.C. §§ 309, 1413, 1451 - 1452, system a by assigned be to § U.S.C. 47 under bidding competitive of 309(j). - FCC 601 Main Form Page August 2016 5 -

29 Signature ) or Printed Name 7 Typed Party Authorized to Sign 5 of Name: MI: Last Name: Suffix: First 8 Title: 5 ) Signature: ) Date: 59 FAILURE TO SIGN THIS APPLICATION MAY RESULT IN DISMISSAL OF THE APPLI CATION AND FORFEITURE OF ANY FEES PAID. Upon grant of this license application, the Licensee may be subject to certain construction or coverage requirements. Failure to meet the construction or requirements coverage requirements will result in coverage termination of the licen se. Consult appropriate FCC regulations to determine the construction or that apply to the type of license requested in this application. ON WILLFUL FALSE STATEMENTS MADE FINE THIS FORM OR ANY ATTACHMENTS ARE PUNISHABLE BY AND/OR IMP RISONMENT (U.S. Code, Title 18, Code, (U.S. § 1001) AND/OR REVOCATION OF ANY STATION LICENSE OR CONSTRUCTION PERMIT (U.S. Code, Title 47, § 312(a)(1)), AND/OR FORFEITURE 47, Title 503). § - FCC 601 Main Form Page August 2016 6 -

30 COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION FEDERAL by Approved OMB FCC 601 – 3060 0798 Form Instructions Main 601 See and Information Instructions A Schedule for estimate burden public Multiple Schedule for Changes Affecting Signs Call Numbers or 601 FCC Form File A Schedule Instructions Form FCC 601, Schedule A, is a supplement ary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Radio Service Authorization: Wireless Telecommunications Bureau and/or Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau, FCC 601 Main Form. Schedule A is not used with signs call the initial applications. Complete this schedul e to submit global changes to multiple items on FCC 601 Main Form that affect Item the numbers, depending on the Application Purpose entered for 2 of that form. Note file following: or Multiple File Numbers may be affected by these purpose s: Amendment or Withdrawal of Application Multiple Call Signs may be affected by these purposes: Renewal Only, Cancellation of License, Duplicate License, or Administrative Update can be purpose Each Schedule A or groups of Schedule A filed with the FCC 601 Main Form must use the same purpose, and only one specified submission. per dule A FCC 601 Sche - Instructions August 2016 - Page 1

31 601 Schedule for Changes Affecting Multiple FCC OMB Approved by Schedule A Signs or File Numbers 3060 - Call 0798 See 601 Main Form public burden est imate for Enter only multiple call signs or only multiple file numbers for the following Form FCC 601 Main Form purposes: Amendment or Withdrawal of (File Numbers) Application Renewal Only, of License, Duplicate License, or Administrative Upda te (Call Signs) Cancellation submission. Note : Form FCC 601 Main Form per allows the selection of only one purpose FCC Schedule A or groups of Schedule A filed with the Each 601 Main Form must use the same purpose. Call Sign or File Number Call Sign or File Number Call Sign or File Number Call Sign or File Number FCC 601 Schedule A August 2016 Page 1 -

32 FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION OMB by Approved FCC 601 – 0798 3060 601 See Main Fo rm Instructions Information and Instructions B Schedule estimate for burden public Services Geographically Schedule for Licensed 601, Schedule B, is a supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Radio Form Authorization: Wireless FCC Service Bureau and/or Pub lic Safety and Homeland Security Bureau, FCC 601 Main Form. This schedule is used to apply Telecommunications the required license authorization when the Applicant has been determined to be for winning bidder at the close of an FCC auction. the 601 Main Form must be filed in conjunction with this schedule. The FCC Schedule B Instructions Market/Channel Block 1 through 4 are to be completed with the market or markets that are licensed on a geographic licensing area or market Items ( e.g. , basis Serv ice) and have been won through an auction (in Communications this case, multiple sites may be completed for each Personal B). Schedule . This item identifies the market(s) to which the filing pertains. Market designators 1 are listed in FCC Public Notices or in the FCC Item s. rule 2 . This item, in addition to the market designator, identifies the market to which the filing pertains. The market names are listed in Item Notices or in the FCC rules. FCC Public 3 . This item identifies the spectrum, assigned in channel blocks, for the market area listed in Item 1. Item . Complete this item only if the market area listed in Item 4 1 has been subdivided (in a partition and/or disaggregation). Item : In some circumstances geographic area Licensees must apply for a site - specific a uthorization when either Note a site (a) requires international coordination, or (b) a site will have an environmental impact, or (c) a base or station in the 700 MHz fixed WCS channels is operating in excess of 1 kW ERP. (a) Sites requiring international coordina tion: International coordination is generally needed when a site is located North of Line A or East of Line C. Appendix I in FCC Form 601 Main Form instructions contains a list of counties/boroughs, by state, having areas North of Line A and East of Line C. In these instances, Licensees must file an application for modification using FCC Form 601 Main Form data and Schedule I for microwave radio services or Schedule D and the appropriate technical schedule for all other radio services. (b) Sites having an env ironmental impact: Sites having a significant environmental effect are defined in Section 1.1307 of the Commission ’ s rules. In these instances, Licensees file an application for modification using FCC Form 601 Main Form and Schedule I for microwave r adio must services D for all other radio services. Examples of facilities or that may have a significant effect on the environment Schedule include: An antenna structure located in a residential area (as defined by applicable zoning laws) that will utilize hig h intensity aviation bstruction lighting ; o ; in an officially designated wilderness area, wildlife A or floodplain facility located preserve, A affects a site facility that in American history ; significant A facility whose construction involves extensive c hanges in surface features ; or operations, or transmitters that would cause human exposure to levels of radio Facilities, frequency radiation in exces s of the limits detailed in the Commission’s rules. ERP: kW 1 of excess in (c) Based or fixed stations in the 700 MHz WCS channels operating - Schedule B Instructions Page August 2016 1 -

33 Pursuant Section 27.50(c)(8) of the Commission’s rules, Licensees authorized for the 700 MHz WCS channels that to base fixed stations in excess of 1 kW ERP must file or an application for modification using FCC For m 601 Main operate and Schedule D. Licensees must provide the coordinates of the facilities on Schedule D and provide Form an exhibit as ERP (watts), antenna height above ground (meters) and a depiction of the vertical antenna the station’s maximum all Licen must provide the same technical parameters to sees adjacent Part 27 Licensees authorized to pattern. and operate a base or fixed station within 75 km of the location(s) indicated on Schedule D. construct Item . For auction winners filing electronically, this item will be prefilled from the FCC Form 175 that was completed for the subject 5 licenses . from For auction winners filing electronically, this item will be 6 . the FCC Form 175 that was completed for the subject licenses . Item prefilled tribal 7 For each market channel block please indicate whether a . lands bidding credit will be sought by checking the appropriate Item and block. The processing of each application requesting a tribal land bidding credit will be suspended for 180 days. This 180 - Note: provides the Applicant time to secure the required certification(s) from the appropriate tribal period government(s) and to day application in accordance amend the the Commission’s rules. with Tribal Lands Information Complete this section ONLY after receiv i ng the required certification(s) from the tribal government(s). The information provided in this section will enable the FCC to determine whether an Applicant is eligible to receive a tribal land bidding the amount of the bidding credit. credit and m 8 . Enter the market designator for those markets where a tribal lands Ite credit is being sought. bidding the . Enter the assigned channel blocks for Item 9 market area listed in Item 8. Item 10 . Enter the names of the tribal lands for which a bidding cre dit is being sought. The term “tribal lands” shall mean “reservation” as defined the Bureau of Indian Affairs. A reservation is any federally recognized Indian tribe’s reservation, Pueblo, or Colony, including by Alaska former in Oklahoma, Alaska Nat ive regions established pursuant to the reservations Native Claims Settlement Act (85 Stat.688), and Indian allotments . each Item . Enter, in square kilometers, the area for 11 tribal land within the designated market. Item 12 . For each market, place an ‘ x ’ n ext to the tribal lands where the required certification(s) has been received and bidding credit is sought. Attach the certification(s) as an exhibit and title it “Tribal Government Certification” . calculated in 13 the with accordance Item . On the first line for each market, enter the do llar amount of the tribal lands bidding credit as Commission’s . rules a 14 . If requesting a waiver of the Commission’s rules to Item obtain tribal lands bidding credit higher than allowed under the rules, enter the addit ional dollar amount for each market, on the first line for that market, and attach an exhibit justifying the request. You must estimated provide a certification from an independent auditor that the costs set forth in the exhibit are reasonable . bidding tribal Note : You r lands credit cannot exceed the applicable bidding credit cap as defined in the rules. Agreements Agreements Regarding Designated Entities (e.g., Small Businesses and Rural Service Providers) and Closed Bidding 1 5 a . Answer this item ‘ Y’ if the A pplicant has any agreements , whether oral or written, which could affect its overall eligibility for Item signated esignated e ntity benefits, including, where applicable, its eligibility to participate in closed bidding or its eligibility for the award of de d A pplicant claimed a bidding credit (e.g., small business or rural service provider bidding entity benefits for any particular license for which the . Such agreements credit) includ e, but are not limited to , partnerships, shareholder agreements, man agement agreements, spectrum leasing agreements, spectrum use agreements, spectrum resale (including wholesale) arrangements, all agreements or arrangements and If answering A establishing de facto/de jure control . of the ‘Y’, enter the agreement information in item 16, pplicant or of the subject licenses including the unique identifying name of the agreement, the parties to the agre ement, and the FCC Registration Number (FRN) of the party(ies) to the agreement. A ttach an exhibit summarizing the agreements ( with appropriate references to specific provisions in the text of such agreements and instruments and the date(s) on which the applicant entered into the agreements ) and provid e copies of the agreements. In addition, i f the agreement allows a disclosable i nterest holder that holds a ten percent or greater interest (e.g., any class of stock, warrants, options or debt securities) in the Applicant to use more than 25% of the spectrum capacity (as measured in megahertz ) of the disclosable interest holder uses or has an any license awarded with bidding credi ts, specify what percentage of spectrum capacity . agreement to use for . Otherw each license ise, enter ‘ N ’ - Schedule B Instructions Page August 2016 2 -

34 Agreements with Other Parties and Joint Bidding Arrangements Answer this item ‘Y’ if Item 15b the Form 175 deadline and through the release of the auction closing public notice , the betwe . en is controlled by the Applicant, enter ed into any partnerships, joint ventures, consortia, or other Applicant, or any party that controls or or understandings of any kind relating to the licenses in this application, including any agreements that agreements, arrangements, censes on which to address or communicate directly or indirectly bids (including specific prices), bidding strategies (including the specific li . bid o rovide all the requested information in item 16 , including the unique identifying r not to bid), or the post - auction market structure P and name of the agreement, the parties to the agreement, and the FCC Registration Number (FRN) of the party(ies) to the agre ement, Otherwise, enter ‘N’. attach an exhibit describing the terms and conditions and identifying all parties to the agreement or arrangement. Items 16 through 47 : For auction winners filing electronically, the following in formation w ill be prefilled from the FCC Note concerning Form 175 except for those a greements in items 15a and 15b above . Applicants must review that was completed for the subject licenses If any information has changed or must be supplemented , the the information for accuracy and completeness in completing each item. must edit Applicant information and attach an exhibit explaining the change. the Identifier Agreement 1 6 . This item must be completed. It Item the action the Applicant wants the FCC to take on an agreement a nd the type of indicates Check the appropriate block to either Add or Delete Agreements or Party(ies) to Agreements. Enter the unique identifying agreement. the name of and check the appropriate block of the party(ies) to agreement for either Entity Name o r Individual Name. If filing agreement first legal entity name. If filing is for an ‘Individual’, enter the entity, name, middle initial, last name and suffix of the for an enter the Provide the FCC Registration Number (FRN) of each party to the agreemen t. The A pplicant must provide in an exhibit a individual. detailed explanation of the terms and conditions of each agreement les. or arrangement , as required by Commission ru (Not Additional Information Demographic Required) 17 . Check the appropriate block for Applicant status if a Minority - Owned Business, Rural Telephone Company, or a Woman - Owned Item required. applicable. This item is not if Business Revenue and Asset Information changed 18 . Enter ‘Y’ if any revenue and asset information has , for the Applicant Item the Disclosable Interest Holder, or the Affiliate. Otherwise, ‘N’. If ‘Y’, provide details in an attachment. enter Revenue Asset Information for the Applicant and enter 19 Check the block if modifying the Applicant information. When modifying, . onl y the items changed. All other information will Item copied from the FCC Form 175 be filed previously. Revenue Disclosure Gross Recent Reportable Year Most 20a . Enter ‘Y’ if the Applicant and any Item - in - interest were in existence and had gross re venues for the most recent predecessors reportable year. If ‘Y’, complete items 20b and 20c. Enter ‘N’ if the Applicant and any predecessors - in - interest were not in existence for the recent reportable year and explain why in an most attachment. to Most One Year Prior Reportable Year Recent Item 21a . Enter ‘Y’ if the Applicant and any predecessors - in - interest were in existence and had gross revenues for one year prior to the interest most recent reportable year. If ‘Y’, complete items 21b and 21c. Enter ‘N’ if the Applicant and any predecessors - in - were not in existence for one year prior to the most recent reportable year and explain why in an attachment. Two Years Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year to prior years were the Item 22a . Enter ‘Y’ if the Applicant and any predecessors - in - interest two in existence and had gross revenues for were most reportable year. If ‘Y’, complete items 22b and 22c. Enter ‘N’ if the Applicant and any predecessors - in - interest recent not in existence for two years prior to the most recent eportable year and explain why in an attachment. r Average Gross Revenue Item 23 . The Universal Licensing System will calculate the average gross revenue for the reported years provided in Items 20, 21 and 22. Disclosure Asset Item 24 . Enter the total asse ts disclosed as of the application filing deadline. Financial Statements statements Item 25 . Check if the Applicant used financial audited or unaudited statements prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Principles and certified by Applic ant’s chief financial officer or the Accounting equivalent. each Asset Information for Revenue and Disclosable Interest Holder Item 26 . Select the proper block to Add, Modify, or Delete a D isclosable I nterest H older (DIH) . If Adding, complete items 27 through 33. If Modifying, enter only the items changed. If Deleting, complete the Entity Name or the Individual Name and the FCC Registration for Number of the DIH. Modify and Delete are used Amendments of a previously filed application. If necessary, attach additional copies to list more DIHs. page of this - Schedule B Instructions Page August 2016 3 -

35 Disclosable Holder Interest 27 Item the proper block for either Entity Name or Individual name of the Disclosable Interest Holder (DIH) and provide Entity . Select the name and the FCC Registration Num ber of or DIH. Name Individual Revenue Gross Disclosure Reportable Year Recent Most . Enter ‘Y’ if the Disclosable Interest Holder (DIH) Item and any predecessors - in - interest were in existence and had gross revenues 28a the most for reportable year. If ‘Y’, comple te items 28b and 28c. Enter ‘N’ if the DIH and any predecessors - in - interest were not in recent the most recent reportable year and explain why in an attachment. existence for Most Recent to Year One Year Prior Reportable 29a . Enter ‘Y’ if the Disclosable In terest Item and any predecessors - in - interest were in existence and had gross revenues Holder (DIH) one year prior to the most recent reportable year. If ‘Y’, complete items 29b and 29c. Enter ‘N’ if the DIH and any predecessors - in - for interest not in exist ence for one year prior to the most recent reportable year and explain why in an attachment. were Years Prior to Most Recent Two Year Reportable - 30a Enter ‘Y’ if the Disclosable Interest Holder (DIH) and any predecessors . in - interest were in existence and had gross revenues Item two years prior to the most recent reportable year. If ‘Y’, complete items 30b and 30c. Enter ‘N’ if the DIH and any predecessors - in - for not in existence for two years prior to the most recent reportable year and interest explain w hy in an attachment. were Average Gross Revenue 31 . The Universal Licensing System will calculate the average gross revenue for the reported years provided in Items 28, Item and 30. 29 Asset Disclosure 32 . Enter the total assets disclosed Item of the appli cation filing deadline. as Financial Statements Item 33 . Check if the Disclosable Interest Holder (DIH) used audited financial statements or unaudited statements prepared in accordance with Accepted Accounting Principles and certified by DIH’s chie f financial officer or the equivalent. Generally Asset Information for and each Affiliate Revenue 34 . Select the proper block to Add, Modify, or Delete an Affiliate. If Adding, complete items 35 through 41. If Modifying, enter only Item Modify changed. If Deleti ng, complete the the Entity Name or the Individual Name and the FCC Registration Number of the Affiliate. items and Delete are used for Amendments of previously filed application. If necessary, attach copies of this page to list more Affiliates. additional A ffiliate Item 35 . Select the proper block for either Entity Name or Individual name of the Affiliate and provide Entity Name or Individual name and the Registration Number of the Affiliate. FCC Gross Revenue Disclosure Most Reportable Year Recent Item 36a . Enter ‘Y’ if the Affiliate and any predecessors - in - interest were in existence and had gross revenues for the most recent - reportable year. If ‘Y’, complete items 36b and 36c. Enter ‘N’ if the Affiliate and any predecessors - in interest were not in existenc e for the most recent reportable year and explain why in an attachment. One Year Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year Item . Enter ‘Y’ if the Affiliate and any predecessors - in - interest were in existence and had gross revenues for one year prior to the 37a if reportable year. If ‘Y’, complete items 37b and 37c. Enter ‘N’ the Affiliate and any predecessors - in - interest were not in most recent for one year prior to the most recent reportable year and explain why existence an attachment. in Recent Years to M ost Prior Reportable Year Two 38a . Enter ‘Y’ if the Affiliate and any Item - in - interest were in existence and had gross revenues for two years prior to the predecessors most recent reportable year. If ‘Y’, complete items 38b and 38c. Enter ‘N’ if the Affiliate and any predecessors - in - interest were not in existence two years prior to the most recent reportable year and explain why in an attachment. for Average Gross Revenue 39 . The Universal Licensing System will calculate the average gross Item revenue for the reported years provided in Items 36, 37 and 38. Asset Disclosure Item 40 . Enter the total assets disclosed as of the application filing deadline. Financial Statements . Check if the Affiliate used audited financial Item statements 41 or unaudited stateme nts prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and certified by the Affiliate’s chief financial officer or the equivalent. Bidding / Small Business Bidding Credit Eligibility Closed Total Gross Revenues for Most Recent Reportable Year end - year the year and date. Item 42 . The Universal Licensing System will calculate the total gross revenue for the most recent reportable - Schedule B Instructions Page August 2016 4 -

36 Total Revenues for One Year Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year Gross 43 . The Universal Licensing System will calculate the total gross revenue for one year prior to most recent reportable year and the Item - date. end year Gross Revenues for Two Years Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year Total 44 . The will Universal Licensing System Item calculate the total gross revenue for two years prior to most recent reportable year and the year - date. end Average Total Revenues Aggregate for Small Business Bidding Credit Designated Entity Gross Item 45 . The Universal Licensing System will calculate the aggregate average gross revenue for the Small Business Bidding Credit designated entity. Total Aggregate Average Gross Revenues for Closed Bidding the for gross bidding. closed Item 46 . The Universal Licensing System will calculate the revenue aggregate average Total Di sclosure Assets 47 The Universal Licensing System will calculate the total assets . for the closed bidding. Item Rural Service Provider Bidding Credit Eligibility 8 . I f xhibit the following information: Item 4 the Applicant is seeking a Rural Service Provider (RSP) bidding credit, provide in an e a) for the Applicant, submit the combined number of commercial communications service subscribers to wireless, wireline, broa dband, and eral Information Processing Standard (FIPS) number(s) cable services that the Applicant serves and provide a list of the name(s) and the Fed or cable subscriber; for each county in which the Applicant has at least one commercial wireless, wireline, broadband , s of its ffiliates, ontrolling A nterests, and the A ffiliate C C ontrolling I nterests, submit the individual or entity’s b) for each of the Applicant's I ons service name, its FCC Registration Number (FRN), its relationship to the Applicant, and its combined number of commercial communicati le services. For each of the Applicant's subscribers to wireless, wireline, broadband, and cab ffiliates, C ontrolling I nterests, and the A ffiliates A of its C I nterests, also provide a list of the name(s) and the FIPS number(s) for each county in which it has at least one commercial ontrolling wireless, wirelin broadband, or cable subscriber; e, c) for each Disclosable Interest Holder (DIH) in the Applicant that will use, or has an agreement to use, more than 25% of th e spectrum capacity of any license(s) to be acquired with bidding credits, submit the individual or entity’s name, its FRN, its relationship to the Applicant, the combined number, if any, of commercial communications services subscribers to wireless, wireline, broadband, and cable se rvices that the DIH serves and whether the Applicant asserts that th e DIH is independently eligible for the RSP bidding credit ; d) if neither the Applicant, nor any of its A C ontrolling I nterests, or the A ffiliates of its C ontrolling I nterests have at least one ffiliates, its er in a market for which the Applicant is applying for a license, list the market(s) in which the wireless, wireline, broadband, or cable subscrib A ffiliates, its C ontrolling I nterests, and the A ffiliates of its C ontrolling I nterests have no such subscribers; Applicant, its nstrating that: ( e) a detailed explanation demo ) the Applicant is in the business of providing commercial communications services; (ii) the i l Applicant serves predominantly rural areas; and (iii) the primary focus of the Applicant’s business activity is the provision of services to rura fewer persons per square mile); and areas (defined as counties with a population density of 100 or f) i f the Applicant is an existing rural partnership that was providing service as of July 16, 2015, provide a detailed explanati on demonstrating that each member of the partnership is independently eligible for the RSP bidding credit by providing, with respect to each member of t he partnership, the same information as required in a - e above. is Subscriber counts should be current as of the Form 175 fi ling deadline . The Applicant, and other reporting entities, should count a FCC subscriber only once even if that subscriber receives more than one service from the Applicant or entity. For example, a subs criber receiving both wireline service and broadband fro m the Applicant would be counted as a single subscriber of the Applicant. are available from the US Census Bureau and identified by the Commission as needed ( see, e.g. , Appendix B of Wireless FIPS numbers Telecommunications Bureau Provides Details about P artial Economic Areas , GN Docket No. 12 - 268, 29 FCC Rcd 6491, 6502 (2014) ) . Certification Statements and information provided statements certifies that the true, this section are in By signing the FCC 601 Main Form, the Applicant de in good faith. and ma correct, complete, - Schedule B Instructions Page August 2016 5 -

37 Services Licensed Geographically for Schedule Approved by OMB FCC 601 3060 – 0798 Main 601 Instructions Form See Schedule B public for burden estimate INFORMATION MARKET/CHANNEL BLOCK 7) 4) 1) 3) 2) 6) 5) Sub - Tribal A I Am Seeking Name Market Channel Market Type of Open/Closed Market lock B Designator bidding Lands Bidding Credit Bidding Design credit In Market This ator request ed ed o N ) ( ( ) Y es es o N ( ) ) Y ( o N ) ( ( ) Y es TRIBAL LANDS INFORMATION 8) 12) 13) 9) 14) 10) 11) Block Channel of Tribal Lands The Area, in square amount “x” an with Market Indicate Name Additional amount of D esignator kms, tribal of those tribal lands where of bidding bidding as credit secured Applicant lands contained has within designated the credit required by defined requested market the from certification(s) FCC Rules (by Market) tribal governme nts (attach certification(s)] [attach justification) Agreements 15a Agreements Regarding Designated Entities ( e.g., Small Businesses and Rural Service Providers) and Closed ) . Bidding or arrangements oral , which could pplicant entered into any agreements affect its overall Has the A , written or N o ( ) Y es ( ) eligibility for designated e ntity benefits , i ipate in closed bidding or eligibility to partic ncluding, where applicable , its eligibility for the award of designated entity benefits for any particular license for which its claimed a bidding it credit? If answering ‘Y’, proceed to item 16, check ‘Add’ for the Action Requested, select ‘Designated Entity’ and/or and check the , the unique identifying name of the agreement ‘Closed Bidding’ as the type of agreement, enter ntity, for an e is appropriate block of the party(ies) to agreement for either Entity Name or Individual Name. If filing is individual , enter the first name, middle initial, last name and suffix of enter the legal entity name. If filing for an A the individual. Provide the FCC Registration Number of the party (ies) to the agreement. ttach an exhibit summarizing the agre ements (with appropriate references to specific provisions in the text of such agreements and A and the date(s) on which the pplicant entered into the agreements ) and provide copies of the instruments If it is an agreement for the use of any spe ctrum capacity of the license(s) subject to this application, agreements. isclosable (DIH) that hold a ten percent or greater interest in the Applicant olders terest In D any list in the exhibit H use or have an agreement to use, on a license - by - license basis, m ore than 25% of the spectrum capacity and that ndicate what percentage of spectrum capacity (as measured in with bidding credits. I awarded of any license(s) . uses or has an agreement to use for each license DIH megahertz) the Agreements with Other Parties and Joint Bidding Arrangements. 15b ) B etween the Form 175 deadline and the Applicant, or through the release of the auction closing public notice, has any party that controls or is controlled by the Applicant, entered into any partnerships, joint ventures, consortia, or ( ) Yes ( ) No other agreements, arrangements, and/ or understandings of any kind relating to the licenses in this application, including any agreements that address or communicate directly or indirectly bids (including specific prices), bidding - auction market structure. If strategies (including the specific licenses on which to bid or not to bid), or the post proceed to item 16, check ‘Add’ for the Action Requested, select the type of agreement, enter the answering ‘Y’, unique i dentifying name of the agreement , and check the appropriate block of the party(ies) to agreement for either Entity Name or Individual Name. If filing is for an entity, enter the legal entity name. If filing is for an individual , enter the first name, middl e initial, last name and suffix of the individual. Provide the FCC Registration Number of the party(ies) to the agreement. A ttach an exhibit describing the terms and conditions and identifying all parties to the agreement or arrangement. FCC 601 Schedule B August 2016 1 Page -

38 16 ) Agreement Identifier: Action Requested: Add Delete Type of Agreement:  Collusion - Based  Designated Entity  Closed Bidding  Bidding/Joint Bidding  Joint Venture  Pa r tnership Transfer/Assignment  Consort ium  Post - Auction Market Structure  Operational   Other (Description of Type of Agreement) t Agreemen Name: Party(ies) to Agreement(s) Action Requested: Add Delete (FRN): Number Registration FCC Legal Entity Name Entity Name: Last First MI Suffix Individual Name: FCC Registration Number (FRN): Action Requested: Add Delete (FRN): Number Legal Entity Name Registration FCC Entity Name: Suffix Last MI First Individual Name: FCC Registration Number (FRN): Add Action Delete Requested: FCC Number Registration Legal Entity Name (FRN): Entity Name: Suffix Last MI First Individual Name: (FRN): Number FCC Registration FCC 601 Schedule B August 2016 2 Page -

39 (Not 17) c Information Demographi Required) Additional Applicant Status: Minority Owned Business Rural Telephone Business Company Woman Owned Information and Revenue Asset for Applicant, the Has any Revenue and Asset information changed the 18) Disclosable Interest Holder, or the N o ( es Y ) an exhibit. in Affiliate? If ‘Y’, explain why 19) Revenue and Asset Information for the Applicant (Check Modify 175) Form FCC filed previously from different changes all Purpose complete and Modify Disclosure Most Gross Report able Year Revenue Recent Y es N o ( ) Were the Applicant and any predecessors - in - interest in existence 20a) for a full year of the relevant period? If an ‘N’, explain attachment. why in If ‘Y’, provide the following information. (Format: 20b) Gross Revenues $ 99,999.9 9) Format: (Date Date: e - Year 20c) MM/DD/YYYY) nd One Year Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year ( ) o N es Y any predecessors - in - interest in existence for a full year of relevant period? 21a) If the Were the Applicant and in explain attachment. an why ‘N’, If ‘Y’, provide the following information. 21b) 99,999.99) (Format: Gross $ Revenues Year 21c) MM/DD/YYYY) Format: (Date Date: nd e - Years Prior Most Recent Reportable Year to Two es ) Y ( N o any predecessors - - interest in existen ce for a full year of 22a) the relevant period? If in Were the Applicant and why attachment. an in explain ‘N’, If information. following the provide ‘Y’, 22b) Gross Revenues $ (Format: 99,999.99) Year Format: (Date Date: nd e - 22c) MM/DD/YYYY) Average Gross Revenue 99,999.99) (Format: $ 23) Average Gross Revenue of Reported Years: Disclosure Asset 24) 99,999.99) Total Assets as of Application Filing Deadline: $ (Format: Statements Financial 25) or Unaudited (Check One) Audited The Applicant used financial statements. audited The used unaudited financial statements prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and certified Applicant the or chief financial officer equivalent. by the Applicant’s FCC 601 Schedule B August 2016 3 Page -

40 FCC 601 Schedule B 26) Revenue and Asset Information for Each Disclosable Interest Holder (DIH) (including each of Applicant's Controlling Interests, and Affiliates of its ontrolling interests) c Purpose (Sel ect One) Add Delete Modify Holder D isclosable 27) Interest (FRN): FCC Registration Number Name: Entity Individual Name: Last First Suffix FCC Registration Number (FRN): MI Revenue Disclosure Most Recent Reportable Year Gross es o N Y ) ( and any predecessors - in 28a) interest in existence for a full year of the the Were D isclosable I nterest H older - why in an attachment. explain ‘N’, If period? relevant following provide the information. If ‘Y’, Gross Revenues $ (Format: 99,999.99) 28b) MM/DD/YYYY) 2 Year - e nd Date: (Date Format: 8c) to Most One Year Prior Reportable Year Recent o N es Y ) ( year - in - interest in existence for a full predecessors of the any and Disclosable Interest Holder the Were 29a) why an in attachm ent. relevant period? If ‘N’, explain If provide the following information. ‘Y’, 29b) Revenues $ (Format: 99,999.99) Gross Year - e nd Date: (Date Format: MM/DD/YYYY) 29c) Two Prior to Most Recent Reportable Year Years es N o Y ) ( pre decessors - in 30a) interest in existence for a full year of the Were the Disclosable Interest Holder and any - why in an attachment. explain ‘N’, If period? relevant If ‘Y’, provide the following information. 30b) Gross Revenues $ (Format: 99,999.99) 30c) Year - e nd Date: (Date Format: MM/DD /YYYY) Average Gross Revenue 99,999.99) (Format: 31) Average Gross Revenue of Repo rted Years: $ Disclosure Asset 99,999.99) (Format: $ 32) Total Assets as of Application Filing Deadline: Statements Financial or Unaudited (Check One) 33) Audited Disclosable Interest Holder (DIH) used The audited financial statements. DIH used unaudited financi al statements prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and certified The the equivalent. the or DIH’s chief financial officer by FCC 601 Schedule B August 2016 4 Page -

41 FCC 601 Schedule B Revenue Affiliate 34) and Asset Information for E ach (Select One) Purpose Modify Delete Add 35 Affiliate ) FCC Registration Number (FRN): Entity Name: MI Last (FRN): Suffix FCC Registration Number Name: First Individual Revenue Disclosure Most Recent Reportable Year Gross es N o Y ) ( predecessors - in - interest in existence for a full year of the relevant period? If 36a) Were the Affiliate and any attachment. an in why explain ‘N’, provide the If following information. ‘Y’, 36b) Gross Revenues $ (Format: 99,999.99) MM/DD/YYYY) Year - e nd Date: (Date Format: 36c) Recent Year Prior to Most One Reportable Year o N es Y ) ( any ecessors - in - interest in existence for a full year of the relevant period? If pred 37a) Were the Affiliate and why an in explain ‘N’, attachment. ‘Y’, provide the following information. If 37b) Gross Revenues $ (Format: 99,999.99) 37c) Year - end Date: (Date Format: MM/DD/ YYYY) Two Prior to Most Years Recent Reportable Year o N es Y ) ( If - interest in existence for a full year of the relevant period? in - 38a) Were the Affiliate and any predecessors an in attachment. explain ‘N’, why ‘Y’, provide the following informat ion. If 38b) Revenues $ (Format: 99,999.99) Gross (Date - end Date: 38c) Format: MM/DD/YYYY) Year Gross Revenue Average Gross $ 99,999.99) (Format: 39) Average Revenue of Reported Years: Disclosure Asset 99,999.99) 40) Total Assets as of Application Filing Deadline: $ (Format: Financial Statements 41) Audited or Unaudited (Check One) The Affiliate used audited financial statements. Affiliate used unaudited financial statements prepared in accordance The Generally Accepte d Accounting Principles (GAAP) and certified by with Affiliate’s chief financial the or officer equivalent. the FCC 601 Schedule B August 2016 5 Page -

42 FCC 601 B Schedule Bidding/Designated Closed Eligibility Entity Gross Revenues for Most Recent Reportable Year Total 99,999.99) (Format: $ 42a) Revenues Gross Date: Format: (Date MM/DD/YYYY) end - Year 42b) Most Recent Reportable Year Total Gross Revenues for One Year Prior to $ 99,999.99) (Format: Revenues: 43a) Gross ar Ye end MM/DD/YYYY) Format: (Date Date: - 43b) Prior Years Two for Revenues Gross Total Year Reportable Recent Most to $ (Format: 99,999.99) 44a) Gross Revenues: Date: (Date Format: MM/DD/YYYY) 44b) Year - end Designated Entity Average Aggregate Total Gross Revenues for 99,999.99) (Format: $ Gross Average Aggregate 45) Revenue: Total A ggregate Average Gross Revenues for Closed Bidding 9.99) 46) Aggregate Average Gross Revenue: $ (Format: 99,99 Disclosure for Closed Bidding Total Assets (Format: _ Total Assets: $ 99,999.99) 47) FCC 601 Schedule B August 2016 6 Page -

43 Rural Service Provider Bidding Credit o N ( Y es ) Is the Applicant seeking a Rural Service Provider (RSP) bidding credit? 48) If ‘Y’, in an exhibit provi de the following information: a) for the Applicant, submit the combined number of commercial communications service subscribers to wireless, wireline, broa dband, and cable services l Information Processing Standard (FIPS) number(s) for each county in which that the Applicant serves and provide a list of the name(s) and the Federa the Applicant has at least one commercial wireless, wireline, broadband , or cable subscriber; f its Controlling Interests, submit the individual or entity’s name, its FCC b) for each of the Applicant's Affiliates, Controlling Interests, and the Affiliates o bscribers to wireless, Registration Number (FRN), its relationship to the Applicant, and its combined number of commercial communications service su wireline, broadband, and cable o services. For each of the Applicant's Affiliates, Controlling Interests, and the Affiliates of its Controlling Interests, als provide a list of the name(s) and the FIPS number(s) for each county in which it has at least one commercial wireless, wireli ne, broadband, or cable subscriber; c) for each Disclosable Interest Holder (DIH) in the Applicant that will use, or has an agreement to use, more than 25% of th e spectrum capacity of any r entity’s name, its FRN, its relationship to the Applicant, the combined number, if any, license(s) to be acquired with bidding credits, submit the individual o serves and whether the Applicant DIH of commercial communications services subscribers to wireless, wireline, broadband, and cable services that the DIH is independently eligible for the RSP bidding credit ; asserts that the d) if neither the Applicant, nor any of its Affiliates, its Controlling Interests, or the Affiliates of its Controlling Inter ests have at least one wireless, wireline, broadband, or cable subscriber in a market for which the Applicant is applying for a license, list the market(s) in which the Applicant, its Affiliates, its Controlling Interests, and the Affiliates of its Controlling Interests have no such subscribers; trating that: (i) the Applicant is in the business of providing commercial communications services; (ii) the Applicant e) a detailed explanation demons areas (defined as serves predominantly rural areas; and (iii) the primary focus of the Applicant’s business activity is the provision of servic es to rural counties with a population density of 100 or fewer persons per square mile); and nation demonstrating that each f) If the Applicant is an existing rural partnership that was providing service as of July 16, 2015, provide a detailed expla ember of the partnership is independently eligible for the RSP bidding credit by providing, with respect to each member of th m e partnership, the same e above. - information as is required in a FCC 601 Schedule B August 2016 7 Page -

44 Certifications (By signing the Main Form, the Applicant certif ies that the statements listed are true, complete, correct and made in good faith) For Applicants Claiming Eligibility as an Entrepreneur Under the General Rule to Applicant certifies that it is eligible obtain the licenses for which it applied. For Appl icants Claiming Eligibility as a Publicly Traded Corporation Applicant certifies that it is eligible to obtain the licenses for which it applied and that it is complying with the definit ion of a Publicly Traded Corporation, as set out in the applicable FC C rules For Applicants Claiming Eligibility using a Control Group Structure Applicant certifies that it is eligible to obtain the licenses for which it applied. - s sole control group member is a pre if applicable. existing entity, Applicant certifies that the Applicant ’ For Applicants Claiming Eligibility as a Designated Entity Applicant certifies that it is eligible to obtain the licenses for which it applied. Applicant certifies that the Applicant ’ s sole control group member is a pre - existing entity, if applicable. Applicant certifies that it provided all agreements or arrangements that provide for the use by a Disclosable Interest Holder of more than 25% of the spectrum capacity (as measured in megahertz) of any license(s) that will be acquired with bidding credits. For Applicants Claiming Eligibility as a Rural Telephone Company Applicant certifies that it meets the definition of a Rural Telephone Company as set out in the applicable FCC rules, and dis closed all parties to agreement(s) to partition licenses won in this auction. See applicable FCC rules. For Applicants Claiming Tribal Lands Bidding Credit Applicant certifies that it will comply with the bidding credit buildout requirements and consult with the tribal government( s) regarding the sit ing of facilities and deployment of service on the tribal land(s) as set out in the applicable FCC rules. For Auction Applicants Applicant certifies that it provided separate gross revenue information for itself, for each of Applicant's officers and dire ctors; for each of Applicant's other Controlling Interests; for each of Applicant's Affiliates; and for each Affiliate of each of Applicant's officers, directors, and other Controlling interests. Applicant certifies that it provided separate gross revenue and total asset information for itself, for each of Applicant's officers and directors; for each of ’ s Affiliates; and for each Affiliate of each Applicant's officers, directors, and other Cont rolling Applicant's other Controlling Interests; for each of Applicant Interests. Applicant certifies that it has provided a description of, and identified each party to, any partnerships, joint ventures, co nsortia, or other agreements, arrangements, or understandings of any kind relating to the licenses in this appl ication, including any agreements that address or communicate directly or indirectly bids (including specific prices), bidding strategies (including the specific licenses on which to bid or not to bi d), or the post - auction market 175 structure, to which the Ap plicant, or any party that controls or is controlled by the Applicant, is a party, and which were entered into as of the Form deadline and through the release of the auction closing public notice. gements or understandings specifically excluded under Part 1 of the Commission ’ s rules, as of the Applicant certifies that, except for agreements, arran Form 175 deadline and through the release of the auction closing public notice, the Applicant, or any party that controls or is controlled by the Applicant, d id ing to the licenses in this not enter any partnerships, joint ventures, consortia, or other agreements, arrangements, or understandings of any kind relat application, including any agreements that address or communicate, directly or indirectly, bids, (in cluding specific prices), bidding strategies (including the specific licenses on which to bid or not to bid), or the post - auction market structure, with: any other applicant (or any party that controls or is controlled by another applicant), with a nationw ide provider that is not an applicant (or any party that controls or is controlled by such a nationwide provider); or if the - s controlled by such a non - applicant is a nationwide provider, with any non nationwide provider that is not an applicant (or with any party that controls or i nationwide provider). For Applicants Claiming Rural Service Provider Bidding Credit Eligibility ontrol ling Interests, and the Affiliates Applicant certifies that it provided separate subscribership information for itself and for each of Applicant's Affiliates, C of its Controlling Interests. For Applicants Claiming Reserve Spectrum Eligibility cense(s) for which it applies in this Applicant certifies that, as of the FCC Form 175 filing deadline, it met the qualification criteria to bid on the reserved li Form 601. FCC 601 Schedule B August 2016 8 Page -

45 FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION FCC 601 by Approved OMB D Schedule 0798 3060 - See 601 Main Form Instructions Instructions public burden estimate Information and for Bureau and /or Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau Wireless Telecommunications and Antenna Structures Schedule for Station Locations Schedule D, is a supplementary schedule FCC for use with 601, the FCC Application for Radio Service Authorization: Wireless Form Bureau and/or Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau, Telecommunications FCC 601 Main Form. This schedule is used to supply for fixed transmit station locations, including antenna structures and Mobile, Temporary Fixed, Itinerant, and 6.1 Meter technical information site Sta Locations. It is also used by geographic Licensees (all radio services, except microwave) to apply for a tion - specific Control fulfill international coordination requirements, environmental assessment requirements to or for reporting of cell tra nsmitter authorization (CTS) in the 218 - 219 MHz Service (when required by Part 95) or for reporting of base or fixed stations operating in excess of 1 kW stations in the 700 MHz WCS channels (when required by Part 27). File as many schedules as necessary to describe all station locations, ERP be antenna structures, in your application. The FCC 601 Main Form must filed in conjunction with this schedule. This schedule is including in conjunction with the following technical data schedules: used Note: When required, antenn a structures must be registered using FCC 854. The use of this form to supply antenna structure our not replace the requirement to register antenna structures on the FCC 854. For more information, see information web site at does , 717 call (877) 480 - 3201 (TTY http://wireless.fcc.gov/antenna - 338 - 2824), or visit the web at http://esupport.fcc.gov . 601, FCC E - Technical Data Schedule for the Broadband Radio Servi ce and Educational Broadband Service (Part 27) Schedule Note: BRS and EBS may only apply for fixed, temporary fixed or mobile station locations. FCC 601, Schedule F - Technical Data Schedule for the Cellular and Air - ground (Commercial Aviation) Radiotelephone Ser vices (Part 22) Services that use Schedule F may only apply for fixed station locations. Note: the 601, Schedule G FCC - Technical Data Schedule for Maritime and Aviation Services (Parts 80 and 87) FCC 601, Schedule H - Technical Data Schedule for the Private Land Mobile and Broadcast Auxiliary Land Mobile Radio Services (Parts and 74) 90 a 90 Services that use Schedule H may Note: have Part maximum of six fixed sites per call sign. only FCC 601, Schedule J - Technical Data Schedule for the Paging, R ural, Air - ground (General Aviation), and Offshore Radiotelephone Services (Part 22) recommended It is that Schedule D be completed prior to completing any required technical data schedules. Note: Some services have specific requirements and/or restrictio ns for some of the items on this schedule. Please refer to the specific the appropriate technical data schedule for service response requirements and restrictions. instructions of Schedule D Instructions schedule must be completed when any station l ocation is to be added, modified, or deleted. Use as many copies of Schedule D as This all to information for provide stations. necessary a Fixed Station Location Adding you are adding a new fixed station location, complete all required items for each fixe d station location If being added. 470 If you are Note: adding a 6.1 Meter (20 foot) Control Station in the - 512 MHz band, 72 - 76 MHz band or adding a 6.1 Meter (20 foot) Control Station that requires greater than 5 watts output power/ERP for operations in reg ions North of Line ‘A’ or in Alaska station East Line ‘C’, complete all required items for the control station as if adding a fixed of location. Enter location description code as “FX” in Item 3. a Modifying Station Location Fixed If you are modifying a f ixed station location, in addition to Items 1, 2, and 6 (provide the seven digit FCC Antenna Structure Registration Number FCC 854 File Number), complete only the items that have changed or for each fixed station location. If the modification is to existing data, enter CLR (clear) in the appropriate field (manual filed forms only). If the modification involves technical data filed on delete sta fixed 26 Items a then tion, one of accompanying FCC Technical Data Service Schedules E, F, G, H, or J, or involves the relocation of - FCC 601 Schedule D Instructions August 2016 Page 1 -

46 and (if applicable) must also be completed. If modifying a fixed station location in the Broadband Radio Services or the Educational 27 Services, complete items 23 & 28. Broadband also Temporary Fixed, Itinerant, or 6.1 Mobile, Meter Control Station Location a Adding are adding a new mobile station, temporary fixed If station, itinerant station, or 6.1 meter control station, complete all required items for you station to be each added. If you are adding a 6.1 Meter (20 foot) Co ntrol Station in the 470 - 512 MHz band, 72 - 76 MHz band or adding a 6.1 Meter (20 Note: Control station that requires greater than 5 watts output power/ERP for operations in regions North of Line ’A’ or in Alaska foot) of ‘C’, complete all required items for the control station as Line if adding a fixed station location. Enter location description East as “FX” in Item 3. code Mobile, Temporary Fixed, Itinerant, Modifying 6.1 Meter Control Station Location or a only you are modifying a station, in addition to 1 , and 2, complete the items that have changed for each station. If the modification If Items to delete existing data, enter CLR (clear) in the appropriate field (manual filed forms only). If the modification involves technical data filed is one of accompan ying FCC Technical Data Service Schedules E, G, H, or J, or involves the relocation of a control station, then Items 26 on 27 (if applicable) must also be completed. If modifying a station in the Broadband Radio Services or the Educational Broadband and 28 items 23 & also. Servi ces, complete a Station Location Deleting required, deleting a station location, only Items you 2, 7 and 8 are are if applicable. If a station location is deleted, the frequency, If 1, and all related technical data that is linked to that station location will automatically be deleted emission, and will no longer be part of your authorization. Therefore, it is not necessary to complete the complementary technical data service schedule to delete frequency and a station l ocation is deleted using this schedule. Station locations that are currently licensed under the call sign by the emissions when will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested. FCC IMPORTANT ANTENNA STRUCTURE REGISTRATION INF ORMATION: The Commission will evaluate your application for a fixed on the location Antenna Structure Registration Number or FCC 854 based File Number you provide (if required). If you mistype your FCC FCC Antenna Structure Registration Number or FCC 854 F ile Number, or provide location data (latitude, longitude, elevation, and structure heights) is inconsistent with the data found in the Commission’s Antenna Structure Registration database, your application will be that dismissed. data is def ined as follows: Inconsistent and Longitude data provided on 1. D differs from Latitude the data in the Antenna Structure Registration database by Schedule more than 1 second; or the 2. The height or elevation reported on Schedule D is more than 0.5 meters (1.5. feet) greater th an the data in Antenna (9.8 Structure Registration Database; or elevation is more than 3 meters feet) less than the elevation listed in the Antenna Database. Structure Registration IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING LOCATION, ANTENNA, AND CONTROL POINT N UMBERS: To identify existing locations, or control points, you must use the location, antenna, and control point numbers assigned by the Universal Licensing System antennas, These numbers may not be identical to the location, antenna, and control po int numbers on your current authorization if that (ULS). was not issued by the Universal Licensing System. If you are unsure of the location, antenna, or control point number that authorization corresponds to a particular location, antenna, or control point, you can query the ULS for the most up - to - date information regarding your query the ULS license database for authorization. call sign, point your web browser to http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/ and click on To th e your Search - Licenses. Alternatively, you may call (877) - 3201 (TTY 717 - 338 - 2824) for assistance. 480 Item 1 This item must be completed. It indicates the action the Applicant wants the FCC to take on the specified location. Enter ‘A’ for Add, for Modif y, or ‘D’ for Delete. ‘M’ 2 This item must be completed. If the station location has been previously licensed under this call Item by the FCC, enter its FCC - sign assigned location number (see Important Information Regarding Location, Antenna, Control Poi nt Numbers. For a new station and location, assign a temporary code to represent the station location. The assigned code should begin with ‘L’ to indicate it is a location and ign end a number to uniquely identify it ( e.g. , L1, L2, L3, etc.). The FCC will ass with an official number to the new station, which will appear on the Authorization. Item 3 Enter the appropriate location description for the specified location. Valid location description codes are listed below: FX Fixed - - Mobile MO IT - Itinerant TF - Temporary Fixed Meter 6.1 - 6.1 Control Station as Location the required. not is Description Note : For ‘ IQ ’ radio service only, leave item 3 blank - FCC 601 Schedule D Instructions August 2016 Page 2 -

47 Item Does not apply if Item 3 equals FX. For Mobile, Temporary Fixed, Itinerant, and 6.1 Meter Control Stations, enter the appropriate 4 of code using the table that follows. Additional Schedule D fields must be completed according to the area of operation area operation to the table to determine chosen. additional fields are required on Sche dule D for the chosen Refer area of operation code. code which of operation code may be area for each location. Only one selected If area of operation will cover multiple counties/boroughs/parishes, use area of operation code 'O' and in Item 24, specify all Note: in. in and the state(s) the counties/boroughs/parishes are located le applicab counties/boroughs/parishes Codes and Required Data Values of Area Operation Schedule D Data Description Elements Required for each Additional Area of Operation Code Item Numbers Code KMRA* around a Fixed location Fixed 18 17, Radius Mobile A or Fixed Temporary Location Number, Aviation or Maritime to available not (option Services) 11, KMRA* around a Center point P 18 12, 10, 8, 7, d Fixe Temporary County/Borough/Parish**, or State, City**, Longitude, Latitude, Radius Mobile Rectangular Area Operation Latitude, Longitude, Maximum Latitude, Maximum Longitude 7, 8, 21, 22 R of Nationwide including Hawaii Alaska & US Territories N Continental US U Wide Area o f Operation County/Borough/Parish State, County/Borough/Parish 11, 12 C Statewide S of Operation State 11 Area Description (should Other State) 24 O include Land Mobile Control Station Meeting the 6.1 Meter Rule State, County/Borough/Parish 11, 12 X Radius *Kilometers Comp as applicable - refer to instructions for applicability. lete ** 5 This item is Item Enter a location name that describes the location (up to 20 characters maximum). optional. 6 This item is required for fixed locations if the action requested in Item 1 is ‘A’ or ‘M’. If antenna structure registration is required, Item or seven digit FCC Antenna Structure Registration Number (shown on the structure’s registration, FCC 854R) enter the FCC 854 File the enter N/A to indicate that FAA notific ation is not required. Number. Otherwise, Effective 7/1/96 the Commission requires owners to register certain structures. When required, antenna structures must Note: using FCC be The use of this FCC 601 to supply antenna structure information does not r eplace registered the 854. requirement to register antenna structures on the FCC 854. For more information, see our web site at http://wireless.fcc.gov/antenna , call (877) 480 - 3201 (TTY 717 - 338 - 2824), or you may visit th e web at http://esupport.fcc.gov . Structure If, in accordance with 47 CFR § 17.14, Note: Registration is not required because the structure is shielded Antenna by existing structures or because it is fixed by its functional purpose, submit supporting documentation as an attachment to your application. Items 7 and 8 For fixed locations, if you entered ‘N/A’; in Item 6, you must enter the geographic coordinates (latitude and longitude) of the Item location. If you provided an FCC Antenna Structure Registration Number or an FCC 854 File Number in 6, then these items are optional Important Antenna Structure Registration Information on page 2 of these instructions). For all other locations enter the (see ic coordinates as specified in the table in the instructions for Item 4: geograph enter was entered in Item 4, the geographic coordinates of the center point; If ‘P’ ‘R’ was entered in Item 4, enter the geographic coordinates of the southeast corner of the rect angular area or If box. ( See also Items 21 and 22 for the Northwest corner) term the latitude using the format DD - MM - SS.S , where Enter degrees ( DD ) can have a value in the range of 0 to 72, minutes ( MM ) can the range from 0 to 59, and seconds ( SS.S ) can ran ge from 0 to 59.9. If desired, seconds may be rounded to the nearest tenth of a second (in corner, which use the format DD - MM - SS.S). In the right case, specify the direction as either N for North or S for South. Enter the longitude using the format DDD - M M - SS , where the degrees ( DDD ) term can have a value in the range of 64 to 180, minutes 0 ( ) can range from 0 to 59, and seconds ( SS.S ) can range from MM to 59.9. If desired, seconds may be rounded to the nearest tenth of a for West. for W or E East second (in which case, use the for mat DDD - MM - SS.S). In the right corner, specify the direction as either - FCC 601 Schedule D Instructions August 2016 Page 3 -

48 All be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983 (NAD83). This information can be determined in many ways, coordinates must a including receiver, a 7.5 - minute topographical quadrangle map of the area, or you may consult the city or county/borough/parish GPS Washington, area. in Topographical maps may be purchased from the U.S. Geological Survey, your DC 20242 or from its office surveyor Denver, Colora do 80225. in Location coordinates (latitude and longitude) for sites in the Continental United States, Puerto Rico, the Note: U.S. Alaska, Hawaii, American Samoa, and Guam must be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983 Virgin Islands, Coord for sites in the Northern Mariana Islands, Wake Island, and Midway Island should be referenced (NAD83). inates the applicable local datums. If the source from which you obtain the coordinates still utilizes an older datum ( i.e. , to PRD40) you must convert to NAD83. Conversion routines are available through the internet at NAD27, . http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/utilities/nadcon.html 12 9 Items - Fixed Locations you answered ‘N/A’ in Item 6 for a F ixed If you must complete Items 9 through 12. If you provided an FCC Antenna Structure Location, Number or an FCC Form 854 File Number in Item 6 for a Fixed Location, you must complete Item 12, County/Borough/Parish Registration name. 9 This item must b e completed for the Fixed Location. Enter a complete description of the location such as street number and Item or other geographic description such as direction and distance from a town address known landmark (i.e., RT 81, 5 km South of or O. P. Fairview). Bo x numbers or geographical coordinates are not acceptable for this item. Item This item must be completed with the City in which the station is located. 10 Item 11 This item must be completed with the State code in which the station is located. Refer to FCC 601 Main Form Instructions, Appendix list of valid state, jurisdiction and area codes. II, for a the 12 This item must be completed with the County/Borough/Parish Item equivalent entity in which station is located unless any of the or following perta in to Fixed Location: the a) The City entered in Item 10 is an Independent City that is not affiliated with a County/Borough/Parish (i.e., Baltimore, MD) Rico, b) The State code entered in Item 11 does not have Counties/Boroughs/Parishes, enter the equivalent entity ( i.e., Puerto Virgin Islands) c) The State code entered in Item 11 is GM, Gulf of Mexico NOTE: If the nearest City, County/Borough/Parish or equivalent entity and State are located in a bordering County/Borough/Parish equivalent entity and/or State, enter a complete description of the location in Item 9 as or in the example. Complete Item 10 if a City, Town or Village within the station's County/Borough/Parish or shown entity is nearby, and complete Items 11 and 12 with the County/Borough/Pa rish or equivalent entity and equivalent in which the coordinates are actually located. State Example: 9) (Street) Summit Mtn near Palo Verde, Imperial County, CA (City) Palo Verde 10) (State) AZ 11) (County/Borough/Parish) La Paz 12) Area Locations area locations, respon d to items 9 - 12 as For specified in the table in the instructions for Item 4: Item 9 This item is not applicable for area locations and should be left blank. Item If ‘P’ was entered in Item 4, enter the city or town name of the 10 location in this item. This item is required only if Item 12 is blank. Item 11 If ‘P’, ‘C’, ‘S’, or ‘X’ was entered in Item 4, enter the State of the location in this item (if ‘X’ was entered in Item 4, enter the State of Appendix the control station). Refer to FCC 601 Main Form Ins tructions, primary II, for a list of valid state, jurisdiction, and area codes. 12 If ‘C’, ‘P’ or ‘X’ was entered in Item 4, enter Item the County/Borough/Parish or equivalent entity of the location in this item. ‘C’. code operation f o area for This item is always required - FCC 601 Schedule D Instructions August 2016 Page 4 -

49 This is required for area of operation code ‘P’ except when: (a) the City entered in Item 10 is an Independent City that is not affiliated item Item a ( i.e ., Baltimore, MD), or (b) the State entered in County/Borough/Parish 11 i s ‘GM’ (Gulf of Mexico). with item is required for area of operation code ‘X’ for Radio Service Codes IK or YK utilizing frequencies below 470 MHz except when: (a) This City that entered in Item 10 is an Independent City is not affiliated with a County/Bor ough/Parish (i.e., Baltimore, MD), or (b) the State the in Item 11 is ‘GM’ (Gulf of Mexico). entered Item 13 - 16 only apply to Fixed Locations. If Note: answered ‘N/A’ in Items 6 for a Fixed Location, you must complete Items 13 - 16. If you provided an FCC A ntenna Structure Registration Number or FCC 854 File Number in Item 6 for a Fixed Location, Items 13 - 16 are you (See Important Antenna Structure Registration Information on Page 2 of Schedule D Instructions.) optional. at Enter the elevation above mean Item s ea level (AMSL) of the ground 13 the antenna location. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the tenth. Refer to letter ‘a’ in the antenna structure figure examples on page 7 of these instructions. This information can be nearest GPS many ways, i ncluding a determined receiver, 7.5 minute topographical quadrangle map of the area, or you may consult the city or in in your area. Topographical maps may be purchased from the U.S. Geological county/borough/parish Survey, Washington, DC surveyor Denver, its office in from Colorado 80225. 20242 or 14 Enter the height above ground level to Item the highest point of the supporting structure only . Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth. For example, if the antenna structure consists of a building/towe r combination, include any elevator shaft, flag pole, or penthouse the overall support structure height, but not the antenna, tower, pole, or mast. If the antenna structure is a tower only, in height include of the tower but not the antenna. Refer to l etter ‘b’ the in the antenna structure figure examples on page 7 of these Instructions. Item 15 Enter the overall height above ground level of the entire antenna structure to the highest point, including any appurtenances. Enter etc. this item in meters, rounded t o the nearest tenth. You must include antennas, dishes, obstruction lighting, Refer to letter ‘c’ in the antenna structure figure examples on page 7 of these instructions. Item 16 Enter the code for the type of structure on which the antenna is or wi ll be mounted from the following valid structure types: Code Definition Building B Building BANT Antenna on Top with Mast Building BMAST with with Pipe BPIPE Building Pole BPOLE with Building Bridge BRIDG Building BTWR Tower with structure us ed for communication purposes GTOWER Guyed Lattice Tower LTOWER Mast MAST Monopole MTOWER Tower Array NNGTANN* Guyed Lattice NNLTANN* Array Tower NNMTANN* Monopole Array Any type of Pipe PIPE Any type of Pole POLE Oil or other type of RIG Rig of Sign Any type B illboard SIGN or Any type SILO Silo of STACK Smoke Stack of Tank (water, gas, etc.) TANK Any type When TREE used as a support for an antenna UPOLE Utility Pole/Tower used to provide service (electric, telephone, etc.) number Tower Arrays. Code definition: The fir st NN indicates the of towers in an array. The second NN is * Valid optional indicates the position of that tower in the array ( e.g. , 3GTA2 would identify the second tower in a three and tower array). Item 17 If you entered Area of Operation code ‘A’ in It em 4, enter the location number of the corresponding fixed location. 18 For Area of Operation codes ‘A’ or ‘P’, enter the radius of the area of Item operation. Enter in kilometers, rounded to the nearest tenth. 47 Refer to CFR for limitations. applicable). (if airport the to assigned Item 19 Ap plicable to Aviation Services (Part 87) only. Enter the three or four character code - FCC 601 Schedule D Instructions August 2016 Page 5 -

50 Item This item only applies when Item 3 equals FX and Item 1 is ‘A’ or ‘M’. If Commission’s rules recognize Primary and Secon dary 20 in with other fixed site facilities in the service, enter ‘P’ if you wish primary protection for the site or ‘S’ if you wish no protection conjunction and site. If Commission’s rules do not recognize Primary for Secondary protection in conjunction with other fixed site protection the service, Item in 20 can be left blank. Refer to the applicable Commission’s the Rules for your service for more information on facilities and Secondary protection. Primary 21 are and 22 These items must be completed for operations that defined by a rectangular area or box coordinates (Area of Items code Item 4 = ‘R’). Enter geographic coordinates (latitude and longitude) in of the northwest corner of the rectangular area of Operation in Items 21 and 22. See Notes in It ems 7 and 8 of these instructions box important information regarding coordinates. for 23 Respond to this Item only if Item 3 is MO, TF, IT or 6.1. Does not apply when Item 3 equals FX. This item helps the FCC to Item if it will initiate coordinatio n procedures with Canada. If any part of the mobile location is in an area that requires frequency determine with Canada and you intend to operate in this area, enter ‘Y’. In the event the Applicant needs to submit additional information coordination attached coord of a channel assignment with Canada, this should be as an exhibit, which references Schedule D Item ination regarding If ‘N’ is entered, the FCC will not initiate coordination procedures with Canada and your area of operation 23. will be excluded from these Appendix I in FCC 601 Main Form Instructions contains a link to current agreements with Canada by frequency, and also border areas. counties/boroughs, by state, list areas within the various coordination of zones. (If the county/borough has an ‘X’ in the contains a having then enter ‘Y’. If the county/borough doesn’t have an ‘X’ then enter ‘N’. If the county/borough has an ‘X’ and a ‘P’, this indicates part block or not county/borough requires frequency coordination with Canada then enter ‘Y’ or ‘N’ depe nding on whether of you intend on operating the the border area.) in ED and BR radio services, enter ‘Y’ if you propose to operate in a Canadian border area. Otherwise, enter ‘N’. NOTE: For If the response to Item 4 was ‘O’, enter a description Item of the area of operation. P.O. Box numbers or geographic coordinates are not 24 for Item 24. The use of 'Other' should only be used if the area of operation cannot be described acceptable by using codes A, P, R, C, S, N, or U. Area of operation provided as ' Other' may delay processing of the application. 25 This item is applicable only if you are applying for an area of Item in services other than Land Mobile (public or private), operation Broadcast Auxiliary Land Mobile Radio, Broadband Radio Service, or Ed ucational Broadband Service. Enter the number of units for each type listed: Hand Held, Mobile, Temporary Fixed, Aircraft, and Itinerant. For paging systems (Part 22), provide the number of subscribers (in along with the number of temporary fixed transmitters. mobiles) Environmental 26 This item is required for Item compliance with the National Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), as amended, 42 U.S.C. 4321 - 4335. See also Part 1, Subpart I of the FCC rules (47 CFR 1.1301 - 1.1319). This item must be answered, eith er 'Y' or 'N'. 'Y' if an FCC grant of this application will have a Enter environmental effect. Section 1.1307 of the FCC rules lists categories of significant environment environmental effects for which Applicants must file an assessment. Otherwise ente r 'N'. Examples of facilities that may have a effect on the environment include: significant  antenna structure located in a residential area (as defined by applicable zoning laws) that will utilize high intensity An obstruction lighting aviation A facilit y located in an officially designated wilderness area, wildlife preserve, or floodplain  A affects a site significant in American history  facility that changes A construction involves extensive facility whose in surface features  Facilities, operations, or t ransmitters that would cause human exposure to levels of radio frequency radiation  excess of in the limits as detailed in § 1.1310 of the Commission's rules Item 27a Applicants filing for a new or modified fixed station located in one of the Quiet Zone ar eas listed below must notify the proper and indicate authority the date such notification was sent in Item 27a. who are Those to modify other technical parameters applications (including, but not limited to frequency, power, antenna height, proposing etc.) of their system operations where the station is currently authorized to operate within the quiet zone area, must also notify the proper authority and indicate the date such notification was sent in Item 27a. Rules 1, Subpart F of the FCC (47 CFR 1.924) See Part 27b If the Applicant has obtained prior written consent from the Quiet Zone entity for the technical Item specified in the parameters application, enter “Y” and include a copy of the consent as a Zone Consent attachment. If prior written cons ent has not been Quiet obtained, enter “N”. Quiet Zone areas: West Radio Astronomy Observatory, Green Bank, 1. County, National Virginia. The quiet zone is located within Pocohontas Virginia, West Virginia, and Garrett County, Maryland and bounded by N 39 degrees 15’ 0.4” on the north, W 78 degrees 29’ and 59.0” on the east, N 37 degrees 30’ 0.4” on the south, W 80 degrees 29’ 59.2” on the west. Contact the Director, Bank, Green 2, Box O. 24944. WV National Radio Astronomy Observatory, P. - FCC 601 Schedule D Instructions August 2016 Page 6 -

51 Arecibo Observatory, Puer to Rico. The quiet zone consists 2. of the Puerto Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques, and Culebra Puerto Arecibo, or 00612, Rico islands. Contact the Interference Office, Arecibo Observatory, Post Office Box 53995, electronically at [email protected] . services, area. ‘N’. enter Otherwise, Item 28 For ED and BR radio border enter ‘Y’ if you propose to operate in a Mexican Figure Structure Antenna Examples - FCC 601 Schedule D Instructions August 2016 Page 7 -

52 Wireless Telecommunications Bureau and/or FCC 601 by Approved OMB 3060 Public and Homeland Security Bureau Safety - 0798 Schedule D Station Locations Schedule and Antenna Structures See 601 Main Form Instructions for public burden estimate for Requested: ( ) A dd M od D el 1) Location Number : Action 2) Location D escription : 4) Area of Operation Code : 5) Location Name : 3) 854 Structure Registration Number, FCC FCC File Number or N/A: 6) Antenna Longitude Latitude - MM - SS.S): NAD83 7) 8) (DD (DDD - MM - SS.S) : NAD83 S ( ) N or ( E or W ) of Landing Area, or Other Location Description: 9) Street Name Address, 11) : State 12) City: 10) County/Borough/Parish: Site AMSL (meters) 13) 14) Overall Ht AGL Without With AGL Elevation 15) Overal l Ht of (‘a’ in antenna structure example) : (meters) Appurtenances Appurtenances (meters) structure (‘b’ example) : in antenna (‘c’ in antenna structure example) : 16) Structure Type: Support Identifier: 18) Status: Site 20) Airport 19) Radius (km): Number: 17) Location of Area for (only ‘A’) Operation Code NAD83 : SS.S) - MM - (DDD Longitude Maximum 22) - SS.S): - MM NAD83 (DD Latitude Maximum 21) Use N or S ) for rectangle only (Northwest corner) ( Use rectangle only (Northwest corner) ( ) E or W for frequency coordination Do propose to operate in an area that requires you with Canada? ( ) Y e s N o 23) Description: (only for Area of Operation Code ‘O’) 24) Number Hand of Units: 25) Held Mobile Temporary Fixed Aircraft Itinerant which a Commission grant of 26) for this location be an action Would may have a significant ( ) Y es N o Authorization environmental effect? See Section 1.1307 of 47 CFR. by If submit an environmental assessment as required ‘Yes’, 47 CFR, Sections 1.1308 and 1.1311. 27a) If the site is located in one of the Quiet Zones listed in Item 27b of the Instructions, provide t he date (mm/dd/yyyy) that the proper Zone entity was notified: _/ / Quiet 27b) Has the Applicant obtained prior written consent from the proper Quiet Zone entity for the same technical parameters that are ) specified in this application? ( Y es N o es Y o ) N 28) Do you propose to operate in an area that requires frequency coordination with Mexico? ( FCC 601 Schedule D August 2016 Page 1 -

53 FCC FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION Approved by OMB 601 E Schedule - 0798 3060 Main Form Instructions See 601 burden estimate public For Instructions Information and the Schedule for Service and Educational Radio Service Broadband Broadband 27) (Part FCC 601, Schedule E, is a Form supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Radio Service Authorization: Wireless and/or Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau , FCC Bureau Main Form. This schedule is used to add, Telecommunications 601 or delete geographic service area channels and/or site - specific technical data. Site - specific technical data should be provided to modify, coordination requirements, environmental assessment requirements or quiet onal zone requirements. You must have a valid internati fulfill license (call sign) in the Broadband Radio Service (BRS) or the Educational Broadband Radio Service (EBS) prior to filing sit e - geographic based data. technical E Schedule Instructions SERVICE AREA GEOGRAPHIC DATA Transition Area (BTA Number) 1 Enter the Basic Trading Area (BTA) Number for this filing. See 47 CFR § 27.6. Item Channel Plan/Channel Number Information on 2 This item in dicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take the specified channel plan and channel number. Enter ‘A’ for Add, Item ‘M’ for Modify, ‘D’ for Delete . or E nter ‘O’ for old channel plan or ‘N’ for 3 new channel plan. See 47 CFR § 27.5. Item 4 E nte r the channel number based on the channel plan Item in item 3. See 47 CFR § 27.5. entered 1 SUPPLEMENT - SPECIFIC SITE TECHNICAL DATA fulfill international coordination requirements, To assessment requirements or quiet zone requirements, you must file technical environmental information for each fixed location, including the antenna structures and/or each hand/held mobile transmit location, or temporary fixed station location FCC 601, Schedule D, Schedule for Station Locations and Antenna Structures. It i s recommended that you complete Schedule using D prior to completing Schedule E. To INFORMATION REGARDING LOCATION and ANTENNA IMPORTANT NUMBERS: identify existing locations and antennas, you must use the location and antenna numbers assigned by the Universal L icensing System (ULS). These numbers may not be identical to the location and antenna numbers on your current authorization if that authorization was not issued by the Universal Licensing System. If you are unsure of the location and antenna number that co rresponds to a particular location or antenna, you can query the ULS for the browser to most up - to - date information regarding your authorization. To query the ULS web license database for your call sign, point your http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls click on Search - Licenses. Alternatively, you may call (877) and 480 - 3201 (TTY 717 - 338 - 2824) for assistance. ANTENNA INFORMATION This section must be completed only when antenna information is to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding a new antenna, - complete Items 1 modifying 11 for each antenna to be added. If you are an existing antenna, in addition to Items 1, 2, and 3, complete only the items that have changed for the antenna. If you are deleting an anten na, only Items 1, 2, and 3 are required. Antennas that are is requested action currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific in this section. FCC Schedule E Instructions 1 Page - August 2016

54 Item This item indicates the actio n the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’ for 1 Delete. For each location, enter its corresponding location number, as entered Schedule D Item 2. If the location has been previously Item 2 on under this call sign by the FCC, enter the FCC - assigned location number (see above Important Information Regarding Location licen sed Antenna location. Numbers). Otherwise, enter the code assigned on Schedule D to represent the Refer to the instructions for and assigning D more information on for location numbers. Schedule 3 If the antenna has been previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter Item antenna’s FCC - assigned number (see above the Regarding Location and Antenna Numb ers). Otherwise, enter Information temporary code to represent each antenna. The Important a code should begin with an A to indicate it is an antenna and end with a number to uniquely identify it ( e.g. , A1, A2 and A3). A temporary FCC can have multiple antennas. Ant enna numbers need only be unique within each location. The single will assign an official location to the new antenna, which will appear on the Authorization and in the ULS database. number number Note: (Item 2) and antenna number (Item 3) are Location used to associ ate information in the Antenna Information with information in the Frequency Channel Information Section. To do this, enter the necessary technical Section information the Antenna Information Section using the appropriate location number and antenna n umber. Then, into antenna, necessary technical information in Frequency Channel Information Section for that enter using the same the Section number pair. location antenna specified in the Frequency Channel Information number/antenna must have Each correspondin data in the g Antenna Information Section. Item 4 Enter the name of the manufacturer of the transmitting antenna. Item 5 Enter the model of the transmitting antenna. number Item 6 Enter the height above ground level to the center of the final radiating element. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth. For a parabolic dish antenna, this is the height to the center of the dish. In all cases, the height should not exceed the overall height of the structure with appurtenances. omni Item 7 Enter the azimuth of the transmit antenna in degrees (rounded to one decimal place) clockwise from True North. For directional enter ‘360’. antennas, Item Enter the beamwidth (degrees, rounded to one decimal place) of the transmitting antenna. That is, enter the angular distance 8 ‘360’. the half power points of the lobe in the horizontal plane. For omni directional antennas, enter between antenna’s major 9 Indicate transmitter antenna polarization with following codes: Item the E – Elliptical – 45 degrees F – Horizontal H – J Linear – L - hand circular Left Right - hand circular – R Horizontal and S vertical – Right and left - hand – circular T – Vertical V – Other X (provide a description in an attachment) be polarization other than horizontal or vertical, the polarization should For linear stated in degrees measured from the vertical, with angles between 1 and +89 degrees denoting the outgoing electric field vector displacement in the clockwise direction, and angles between - 1 and - 89 degrees denoting th e outgoing electric field vector displacement in the counterclockwise direction. 10 Enter the Item gain of the transmitting antenna over an isotropic radiator in dBi, rounded to one decimal place. Item 11 Specify the amount of nonstandard transmitter ant enna beam tilt of the transmitter, if any, accurate to the nearest 1/10th of a degree; into i.e., tilt in addition to that incorporated beam the antenna design. FREQUENCY INFORMATION This section must be completed only when frequencies are to be added, modified, or deleted for a specific location. If you are adding a , i.e. one ( from changing new frequency, complete all items in this section for each frequency to be added. If you are modifying a frequency FCC Schedule E Instructions 2 Page - August 2016

55 operating to a different operating fr equency), enter the existing and new frequencies in the appropriate boxes in Item 15. If you frequency through attributes of an existing frequency, in addition to Items 12 15, complete only the items that have changed are modifying the frequency. In order to mo dify an Emission Designator (Item 18), complete Items 12 - 15, specifying the appropriate location number, for antenna and frequency listing all active emission designators now associated with the specified location, antenna, and frequency number, m any (complete rows as necessary, listing emission designators in Item 18). as If you are deleting a frequency, only Items 12 through 15 are required. Frequencies that are currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless specific action is requested in this section. Enter frequency information for each antenna specified in the a Antenna Information Section. For multiple frequency lines, repeat the location number/antenna number combination for each frequency . Item 12 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’ for Delete. Item 13 Enter the corresponding location number, as entered in Item 2 of the Antenna Information Sect ion of this Schedule. Item 14 Enter the corresponding antenna number, as entered in Item 3 of the Antenna Information Section of this Schedule. Items 15(b) 15(a) and Enter one frequency or one frequency band per line. Enter frequencies in MHz. The reques ted frequencies must be available the Commission’s rules governing the radio service in which you are seeking eligibility. Use a separate line for each frequency in frequency band. or in frequencies on an antenna at a location, enter the specific fre add the column labeled ‘New” in item 15(a). If applying for a To quency show the lower and upper frequencies in the box labeled “New” frequency band, in items 15(a) and (b). a frequency or frequency band on an antenna at a location, enter the existi ng frequency in the To modify labeled ‘Existing’ and column enter new frequency or frequency band in the 15(a) and (b) labeled ‘New’. Items To modify a frequency on an antenna at a location, enter the existing frequency in the column labeled ‘Existing’ and enter th e new frequency in the column labeled ‘New’. " 16 Specify the associated visual carrier frequency offset, if any. Allowable offsets are Item (plus), “ - (minus) and “0” (zero). Leave the "+" offset box empty if no offset is proposed. frequency Item 17 Ente r the Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP), in dBm rounded to one decimal place, radiated off the transmitting antenna. 18 Enter the transmitter emission designator, composed of its necessary bandwidth and emission Item type. (See Sections 2.201 and 2.202 for further information on emission and bandwidth designation.) modulation required. is digital type Item 19 For digital systems, FCC Schedule E Instructions 3 Page - August 2016

56 Approved FCC Schedule for the 601 by OMB Schedule E Broadband Radio Service and Educational Broadband Service 3060 - 0798 Instructions (P 27) See 601 Main Form art For public burden estimate SERVICE DATA AREA GEOGRAPHIC Transition 1) (BTA Number) Area BTA Number BTA Number BTA Number Number BTA Channel Plan/Channel Number Information 2)Action (A/M/D) Number 4)Channel 3)Channel Plan O l ( or N ew) d FCC 601 Schedule E August 2016 1 Page -

57 for the Approved by OMB 601 FCC Schedule Service and Educational Broadband Service Broadband 3060 - 0798 E Schedule Radio See 601 Main Form Instructions (Part 27) estimate public burden 1 For Supplement SITE TECHNICAL DATA - SPE CIFIC Information Antenna 9) 2) 8) 3) 1) 10) 4) 7) 5) 6) 11) Transmitter Transmitter Transmitter Transmitter Transmitter Transmitter Antenna Location Transmitter Actio Transmitter Number Antenna Antenna Number Antenna Antenna Antenna Antenna Antenna Antenna n Polarization Azimuth Line Center Gain Beamwidth (dBi) Model Manufacturer (A/M/ BeamTilt - (degrees ) (degre es) AGL) D) Number (meters (degrees ) Frequency Information 15a) 13) 19) 14) 12) 18) 15b) 16) 17) Lower or Center Antenna Emission Action Offset Location Upper EIRP Digital (MHz) (A/M/D) Frequency Frequency Number Designators Number (dBm) Modulation (MHz) Type Ex isting (if mod) New mod) Existing (if New mod) Existing (if New (if mod) Existing New (if mod) Existing New mod) Existing (if New Existing (if mod) New mod) Existing (if New Existing (if mod) New FCC 601 Schedule E August 2016 2 Page -

58 FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION FCC 601 by Approved OMB F Schedule 0798 3060 - See 601 Main Form Instructions for burden estimate Instructions Information and public the Cellular for and Data Schedule Technical (Commercial Aviation) Air - ground 22) Radiotelephone Services (Part 601, Schedule F, is a supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Radio Service Authorization: Wirele ss Form FCC Bureau and/or Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau, FCC 601 Main Form. This schedule is used Telecommunications apply for to to operate a radio station, amend a pending application, or modify an existing license in the Cellular Ra diotelephone and an authorization Air winners ground Radiotelephone Services. Additionally, this schedule is used by auction that must file site - specific Commercial - The data for international coordination or for an environmental assessment of a particular site. FCC 601 Main Form must be filed technical with this conjunction schedule. in must file technical information for each location and antenna structure using FCC 601, Schedule D, Schedule for Station Locations and You Structures. It is recommended that you com plete Schedule D prior to completing Schedule F. Antenna REGARDING LOCATION, ANTENNA, AND CONTROL INFORMATION NUMBERS: To identify existing locations, IMPORTANT POINT or control points, you must use the location, antenna, and control point numbers assig ned by the Universal Licensing System antennas, if numbers may not be identical to the location, antenna, and control point numbers on your current authorization (ULS). that These unsure not issued by the Universal Licensing System. If you are of t he location, antenna, or control point number that authorization was to a particular location, antenna, or control point, you can corresponds query the ULS for the most up - to - date information regarding your authorization. To query the ULS license database for your call , point your web browser to http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls and click sign on Search - Licenses. Alternatively, you may call (877) 480 - 3201 (TTY 717 - 338 - 2824) for assistance. F Schedule Instructions Cellular Unserve d Information Area 1 If this is a New or Modification Item application for Cellular Radiotelephone Services, indicate whether the application is for a Phase I Cellular unserved area or a Phase II Cellular unserved area, as defined by 47 CFR Section 22.949 . If the application is for a Phase I Cellular unserved area, complete Items 2 through 5 as applicable (one row only). If the application is for a Phase II Cellular unserved area, complete Items 2 through 5, as many rows as applicable. If this application is for a new license won in an FCC auction, do not file FCC 601 Schedule Instead, file Form FCC 601 Schedule B along with the FCC 601 Main Form. F. 2 Enter the market(s) of Item unserved area. If this application is for a Phase I cellular unserved ar ea, list the market in which the the unserved area is located. If this application is for Phase II Cellular unserved areas, list the markets contained within the proposed Service Area Market designators are listed in the FCC Public Notices. Only on e Boundaries. Cellular Geographic Service Area (CGSA) may be listed on an application. Item 3 Enter the market name of the market designator listed in Item 2. been 4 Enter the sub - market designator only if the market has Item subdivided. Sub - market designators are listed in the FCC Public Notices. channel applicable 'B'. or 'A' either block, Item 5 Enter the - FCC 601 Schedule F Instructions August 2016 Page 1 -

59 Control Points must be completed only when a control point is to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding a new control point, section This all items in this section for each control point to be added. If you are modifying an existing control point, in addition to Items 6 and complet e the items that have changed for each control point. If you are only deleting a control point, only Items 9 and 10 are required. 7, complete Points that are currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue Control be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a to is requested in this section. specific action This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the control point. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’ 6 Item specified Delete. for 7 If the control point has been previously Item licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter its FCC - assigned control point number (see nt Information Regarding Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). For a new control point, Importa a temporary code to represent the control point. The assigned code should begin with C to indicate it is a control poin t and end with assign a to uniquely identify it ( e.g. , C1, C2, C3, etc.). The FCC will assign an official number to the new control point, which will appear number the Authorization. on Enter the street address, city or town, county/borough/parish or equi valent entity, and state of the Item point. 8 Refer to FCC 601 control Instructions, Appendix II, for a list of valid Form state, jurisdiction, and area abbreviations. Main 9 Enter the telephone number, including area code, where a person responsible for op eration of the station or system could be Item reached. Parameters Air - ground Aviation (Antenna Data) Commercial Technical section must be completed by Commercial Air - ground Applicants when antennas are to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are This ng new antennas, complete all items in this section addi for each antenna to be added. If you are modifying an existing antenna, in addition 10, 12, and 13, complete only the items that have changed for to each antenna. If you are deleting antennas, only Items 10, 12, and Items 13 are required. Technical parameters currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless specific action is requested in this section. a the 10 This item indicates the action the filer wants the Item FCC to take on specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’ for Delete. Item 11 Enter the channel block of the requested ground station (1 - 10). Refer to the Commission’s rules for Commercial Aviation Air - channel ground diotelephone Services for more information on Ra blocks and their assigned frequencies. Item 12 For each antenna structure, enter its corresponding location number, as entered on Schedule D Item 2. If the location has been enter previously licensed under t his call sign by the FCC, the FCC - assigned location number (see Important Information Regarding Numbers Location, Antenna, and Control Point on page 1 of these instructions). Otherwise, enter the code assigned on Schedule D to represent location. Refer to the instructions for Schedule D for more information on assigning location numbers. the If the antenna has been previously licensed with the Commission, enter the antenna’s FCC - assigned number (see Important 13 Item Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page Regarding 1 of these instructions). Otherwise, enter a temporary Information to represent each antenna. The assigned code should begin with an A to indicate code is an antenna and end with a number to it uniquely identify it ( e.g. , A1, A2, A3, etc.). A single location can have multiple antennas. Antenna numbers need only be unique within each location. The FCC will assign an official number to the new antenna, which will appear on the Authorization. Item 14 This item reports the actua l height at which the antenna is mounted. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth. Item 15 This item reports the maximum effective radiated power (ERP) of the facility in any direction on the specified channel. The n be stated i value watts. must Cellular Radial Data section must be completed by cellular Applicants when adding This new location, modifying the radial data for an existing location, or a amending the radial data proposed in a pending application. If you are adding a new loc ation, complete all items in this section. If you are existing radial data or amending a pending application, complete Items modifying 16, 17, 18, and only those items that you are proposing to change. Radial data currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as in requested is action section. this is, unless a specific - FCC 601 Schedule F Instructions August 2016 Page 2 -

60 Applicants propose one set of radial data for each antenna used at a location. If a sectorized antenna system (i.e. multiple must s) to be used, you may submit separate radial data for each is of the antenna sectors, or alternatively submit one set of radial antenna representing the composite antenna pattern for the sector antennas. If separate antenna systems are used for the control data hannels submit and voice channels, c the radial data for the antenna system that establishes the largest service area boundary (SAB). 16 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the Item data of the specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ radial for or ‘D’ Modify, Delete. for Item 17 For each antenna structure, enter its corresponding location number, as entered on Schedule D Item 2. If the location has been licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter the FCC - assig ned location number (see Important Information previously of Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page 1 Location, these instructions). Otherwise, enter the code assigned on Regarding Schedule D to represent the location. Refer to the instructions for Schedule D fo r more information on assigning location numbers. Important 18 If the antenna has been previously licensed with the Commission, enter the antenna’s FCC - assigned number (see Item page Information Regarding Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on 1 of these instructions). Otherwise, enter a temporary to code represent each antenna. The assigned code should begin with an A to indicate it is an antenna and end with a number to uniquely it ( e.g. , A1, A2, A3, etc.). A single location can have mu ltiple antennas. Antenna numbers need only be unique within identify antenna The FCC will assign an official number to the new antenna, which will appear on the Authorization. Sectorized each location. with a composite antenna pattern and single set of radial systems data should be reported as a single antenna. represented are 19 Item If this location contributes to the CGSA, and you requesting that the CGSA boundary be determined using an alternative method, enter ‘Y’. Otherwise enter ‘N’. If you respond ‘Y’ to t his item, you must attach an exhibit explaining the circumstances Item 20 This item reports the height of the antenna center of radiation above the average terrain elevation (AAT) along each of the eight Enter this item in cardinal meters, round ed to the nearest tenth. radials. 21 This item reports, Item in watts, the effective radiated power (ERP) along each of the eight cardinal radial directions. Service Item This item reports the distance to the Cellular Geographic 22 Area (CGSA) produced from the s pecified antenna. This item should only be reported for those radials that establish the CGSA boundary. Therefore, some azimuths may not have entries. Enter this item in kilometers rounded to the nearest tenth. Certification § CFR 47 and this item 22.913. By signing the FCC 601 Main F orm, Cellular Applicants certify compliance with - FCC 601 Schedule F Instructions August 2016 Page 3 -

61 Technical Data Schedule 601 the FCC for by OMB Approved - Cellular and Air F ground (Commercial Schedule Aviation) 3060 - 0798 601 Instructions Form n See Mai Radiotelephone (Part 22) Services for public burden estimate Cellular Unserved Area Information )Phase I 1) Identify whether this is a New or Modification application for a Phase I unserved area or a Phase II unserved area as ( 5, defined 47 CFR Section 22.949(a). If s o, complete Items 2 through by as applicable. ( )Phase II 3) 4) 2) 5) Name Designator Sub - Market Designator Channel Market Market Block Control Points 6) 9) 8) 7) Location Action Control Point Telephone / M D A / or Town, County/Borough/Parish, State Number Number Street Address, City FCC Schedule F August 2016 1 Page -

62 - Technical Parameters (Antenna Data) ground Air Commercial 11) 12) 10) 13) 14) 15) Action Location Antenna Height Channel to Tip of Antenna AGL Block Maximum ERP A / Number (meters) M / D Number (watts) FCC Schedule F August 2016 2 Page -

63 Data Cellular Radial a Number : n Action: ( Antenn 18) Number: ) Locatio 17) elete D odify M dd A 16) to contributes location this If 19) es Y o N ) ( determined be CGSA boundary that the requesting you are CGSA, the ‘Yes’, using an alternative method? If attach circumstances. an exhibit explaining 21) 22) 20) Azimuth Distan ERP to ce CGSA Antenna Height AAT Transmitting (kilometers) true from (degrees (meters) (watts) north) o 0 o 45 o 90 o 135 o 180 o 225 o 270 o 5 31 Number : a Locatio n 16) Number: 18) Antenn Action: ( ) A dd M odify D elete 17) the to contributes location this If 19) es Y ) ( o N determined be CGSA boundary that the requesting you are CGSA, method? circumstances. ning explai exhibit using an alternative If ‘Yes’, attach an 20) 21) 22) Azimuth Antenna Distan ERP Transmitting CGSA Height AAT to ce true from (degrees (kilometers) (watts) (meters) north) o 0 o 45 o 90 o 135 o 180 o 225 o 270 o 315 the I maximum certify that (1) as SAB the to distance the if (2) and Watts 500 exceed never will station repeater or base cellular proposed the ERP for § in accordance with 47 CFR I markets], cellular other [all miles) calculated (25 km 40.2 or MSA] [Gulf of Mexico miles) (45 km 79.1 exceeds 22.911 such with use coordinated have concurrence and miles) (75 km 121 within block channel same the on systems cellular affected of all Licensees the obtained has been Licensee. from each FCC Schedule F 3 Page - August 2016

64 FCC FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION Approved by OMB 601 G 3060 - 0798 Schedule 601 Main Form Instructions See and Instructions for public burden estimate Information Data Schedule for the Technical and Aviation (Parts 80 and 87) Maritime Services FCC 601, Schedule G, is a supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Radio Form Service Authorization: Wireless Telecommunications Bureau and/or Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau, FCC 601 Main Form. This schedule is used to apply a authorization to operate for a land station in the Maritime Service or an ground station in the Aviation Service, as defined in 47 CFR, Part 80 or Part 87, respectively. It is also used to amend a pending application or modify an existing license in thes e services. Additionally, schedule is used by auction winners that must file site - specific technical data for international coordination or for an this environmental assessment of a particular site. The FCC 601 Form must be filed in conjunction with this schedule. Main You must file technical information for each fixed location, including the antenna structures and/or each hand held/mobile transmit 601, location, fixed station location, or itinerant station, using FCC temporary Schedule D, Schedule for St ation Locations and Antenna Structures. It is recommended that you complete Schedule D prior to completing Schedule G. following instructions apply when filing The Schedule D in tandem with this schedule: an Maritime coast and aviation ground stations may n ot submit locations application that includes both fixed and mobile in the same application (one application package being an FCC 601 Main Form and any associated schedules). Separate application package be submitted for fixed and mobile o perations. packages must Item 17 This Schedule item does not apply to D Maritime Coast and Aviation Ground stations. D Item 25 Each mobile location can contain only one occurrence of a unit type. For example, if a number of units Schedule entered are for ‘Hand Held’, then all other unit types should be blank. ‘Hand Held’, ‘Mobile’, and ‘Temporary Fixed’ unit types are applicable to any Maritime and Aviation service. ‘Aircraft’ and ‘Itinerant’ choices only applicable to flight test stations. are IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING LOCATION, ANTENNA, AND CONTROL POINT NUMBERS : To identify existing locations, or control points, you must use the location, antenna, and control point numbers assigned by the Universal antennas, the (ULS). These numbers ma y not be identical to Licensing location, antenna, and control point numbers on your current System authorization if that authorization was not issued by the Universal Licensing System. If you are unsure of the location, antenna, or up control point number that correspond s to a particular location, antenna, or control point, you can query the ULS for the most - to - date information regarding your authorization. To query the ULS license database for your call sign, point your web browser to - 717 assistance. for ) 2824 - 338 http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls and click on Search - Licenses. Alternatively, you may call (877) 480 - 3201 (TTY - FCC 601 Schedule G Instructions August 2016 Page 1 -

65 Schedule G Instructions Station Class 1 Enter the appropriate station class code from one of Item following tables. There are separate tables for Maritime Service and the Service Stations. Aviation For Service , select the station class code the following table: Maritime from Service MC Utility...FCU Marine Test... ...MRT Receiver Maritime Support - Testing and Training...FCA Maritime Coast...FCL Private Public Coast...FC Test Radar ...MSC Shore Shore Test...RLC Radiolocation MK Service Pr APX ... ivate Alaska Public... APC Alaska Service MR ... MSR Shore Radionavigation... Radionavigation/RACON Shore RLR ... MA Service Marine Operational Fixed ... MFX 2 Where appropriate, follow each code wi th 1 for Hand Held/Mobile operations or Note: for Temporary operations. Aviation Service , select the For class code from the following tables: station AF Service FA A Aeronautical Advisory ... (Unicom) Aeronautical FA Enroute... Fixed ... AX Aeronautical Multicom... ... MFL Aeronautical (Flight Test Stations only) Aircraft FMA1 ... Aircraft Data Link Land Test...DLT Control Tower ... FAC Airport Automat ic Weather Observation ... FAB Aviation Instructional ... FAS Support Service... Aviation FLU Support Fli Information Services... FIS ght Flight Information Services with Hand Held/Mobile Operations . FIS1 Flight Information Services for Temporary Operations... FIS2 Test Flight ... ... FAT Remote Outlet ... RCO Communications Communications Outlet ... GCO Ground Control ... ... RPC Ramp Service AA Search and Rescue... SAR Aeronautical Mobile... Aeronautical MO U1 Utility Fixed... AOX Operational AR Service Aeronautical Beacon ... RLA Marker Beacon... Aeronautical ... RLB Radio Visual Warning System...AVW Audio Differential Global Positioning System (GPS) ... DGP ELT Test ... ELT Pa th (Slope)... RLG Glide RLL Localizer... RLO ... ... Range Radio Omnidirectional - FCC 601 Schedule G Instructions August 2016 Page 2 -

66 Radar/Radar RLD Test... Land Radionavigation RNV ... ... ... RLT Radionavigation Test Land operations, follow each code with 1 for Mobile operations, 2 Where for Temporary appropriate, or (for flight test Note: for Itinerant 3 stations only) operations. This item must Item be answered ‘Y’ for the following station classes: 2 Aeronautical Advisory Enroute/Fixed Aeronautical Tower Stations, Remote Communications Outlet, and Ground Communications Airport Control Outlets station classes, leave other item blank. all For this 3 This Item must be answered by all Applic ants for public coast and Alaska public fixed stations. Otherwise, leave this item blank. item 4 This item must be answered by Applicants for Aeronautical Radionavigation stations (AR Service, if applicable). Provide the Item identifier of the Aeronautical Radionavigation station, assigned if known. FAA station This item must be answered by Item all Applicants for Aeronautical Fixed 5 stations (station class code = ‘AX’) and Aircraft Data Link Test stations (station class code = ‘DLT’). AX applicants mu st provide the call sign of the Aeronautical Enroute station that is Land associated the Aeronautical Fixed station for which they are applying (if the Aeronautical Enroute station application has not yet with whose granted enter “P” in this item). DLT applican must provide the call sign(s) of the Aeronautical Enroute station(s) licensee been ts permission for co - channel operation in written same area. provided the Control Points section must be completed only when a control point is to be are added, modifie d, or deleted. If you This adding a new control point, complete all items in this section for each control point to be added. If you are modifying an existing control point, in addition to Items 6 If and complete only the items that have changed for each co ntrol point. 7, you are deleting a control point, only Items 6 and 7 are required. Control points that are currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested in thi s section. This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the 6 specified control point. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or Item for Delete. ‘D’ 7 Enter the FCC - Item control point number (see Important Information Regarding Location, Antenna, and Control Point assigned Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). For a new control assign a temporary code to represent the control point. The point, assigned code should begin with C to indicate it as a control point and end with a number t o uniquely identify it ( e.g. , C1, C2, C3, etc.). control The will assign an official number to the FCC point, which will appear on the Authorization. Item 8 Enter the street address, city or town, county/borough/parish or equivalent entity, and state of t he control point. Refer to FCC of 601 Main Form Instructions, Appendix II, for a list valid state, jurisdiction, and area abbreviations. sys Item 9 Enter the telephone number (including area code) where a person responsible for operation of the station or tems could be reached. Information Antenna modified, must be completed only when antennas are to be This added, section or deleted. If you are adding a new antenna, complete items for each antenna to be added. If you are modifying all existing antenn a, in addition to Items 10, 11, and 12, complete only the an items for the antenna that have changed. If you are deleting an only Items 10, 11, and 12 are required. Antennas that are antenna, currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested this section. in 10 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to Item take on the specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’ for Delete. Item 11 Fo r each antenna, enter its corresponding location number, as entered on Schedule D Item 2. If the location has been the previously under this call sign by the FCC, enter licensed FCC - assigned location number (see Important Information Regarding Location, tenna, and Control Point Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). Otherwise, enter the code assigned on Schedule D to An D for assigning on information more numbers. location represent the location. Refer to the instructions for Schedule - FCC 601 Schedule G Instructions August 2016 Page 3 -

67 Item If the ant enna has been previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter the antenna’s FCC - assigned number (see 12 Information Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page Regarding 1 of these instructions). Otherwise, enter a Important code to represent each antenna. The assigned code should begin with an A to indicate it is an antenna and end with a temporary to uniquely identify it (e.g., A1, A2, A3, etc.) A single location can have multiple antennas. Antenna numbers need only be number each location. The FCC will assign the new antenna an n official number, which will appear on the Authorization. If using unique withi held transmitters, consider all hand held transmitters at a given location to be one antenna. hand Note: number (Item 11) an d antenna number (Item 12) are used to associate information in the Antenna Information Location information in the Frequency Information Section. To with this, enter the necessary information into the Section do Information Section using the appropriate lo cation number and antenna number. Then, enter the necessary Antenna the Frequency Information Section for that antenna, using the same location number/antenna number in information antenna specified must Each corresponding frequency information. pair. have 13 Enter the ratio (decibels) of Item the power required at the input of a loss - free reference antenna to the power supplied to the input of the given antenna to produce, in a given direction, the same field strength or the same power - flux density at the same d istance. This information be available from the specification sheet included with the antenna at the time of purchase. should Enter the angle in the horizontal plane of the transmitting antenna 14 main lobe measured clockwise with respect to True Nor th in Item or enter ‘360' to indicate that the transmitting antenna is omni - directional. degrees, Item 15 Enter the actual height from the ground to the tip of the antenna. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth. Item 16 Enter the approximat e attenuation, including any padding, to the nearest tenth of a dB, between the point at which the power output of the transmitter is measured for type - acceptance/notification approval and the input to the antenna. If this value is less than 1 dB, th is item blank. For power splits, the power reduction for a particular path will be considered the loss. leave Item 17 Enter the Half Power Beamwidth (Aeronautical Enroute HF and Public Coast HF stations only). 18 Enter the Receive Zone (Aeronautical Enrou te HF Item and Public Coast HF stations only). Frequency Information This section must be completed only when frequencies are to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding new frequencies, complete all items for each frequency to be added. If you are m odifying a frequency ( i.e. , changing from one operating frequency to a different operating frequency), enter the existing and new frequencies in the appropriate boxes in Item 22. If you are modifying existing attributes of frequencies, complete all items f or each frequency to be modified. In order to modify an Emission Designator (Item 26), active emission all list and complete Items 19 - 22, specifying the appropriate location number, antenna number, and frequency, designators associated with the speci fied location, antenna, and frequency (complete as many rows as necessary, listing emission now Item 26). If you are deleting frequencies, only Items designators 19 through 22 are required. Frequencies that are currently licensed in under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested in this section. Item If station class FAC (for Airport Control Tower) was entered in Note: 1, complete Items 19, 20, 21, 22b, 22c, 23, 24, and 22a, 26 on page 4 o f this schedule. All station classes except FAC complete Items 19, 20, 21, on 23, 24, 25, and 26 page of this schedule. For multiple frequency lines, repeat the location number/antenna number combination for each 3 For example: frequency. A ntenna Frequency Location Antenna Frequency (MHz) Location A2 XXXXX.XXXX F1 F1 BBBBB.BBBB A1 YYYYY.YYYY F2 F1 A1 CCCCC.CCCC A1 F1 AAAAA.AAAA F2 A2 A1 DDDDD.DDDD Item 19 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified antenna. E nter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’ for Delete. Item 20 For each antenna structure, enter its corresponding location number, as entered in Item 11 of the Antenna Information Section of this schedule. Section of this Antenna Information Item 21 For each antenna, enter its corresponding antenna number, as entered in Item 12 of the schedule. - FCC 601 Schedule G Instructions August 2016 Page 4 -

68 Item (All station classes except Airport Control Tower/FAC) To add frequencies on an antenna at a location, enter the specific 22a labeled in (MHz) i n the row labeled ‘New’ of the column Megahertz ‘Lower’ for each location and antenna on which the frequencies is to be located. The requested frequencies must be available in the Commission’s rules governing the radio service in frequency you are seeking eligibil ity. If applying for a single - sideband frequency, show carrier frequency only. If applying for a frequency which of the lower and upper frequencies in the row labeled ‘New’ appropriate columns for each location and antenna on which band, show frequency is to be located. Use a separate line for each frequency or frequency band. For Aviation Ground Radionavigation the (Navaids), Weather Observation/Automatic Surface Observation, Remote Communication Outlet, Ground Communications Automatic Ramp Control stati ons or Audio Visual Warning Systems (frequency band 1300 - 1350): if is not known, you may leave Outlet, frequency blank. With the exception of Audio Visual Warning 22a Systems Items 23, 24, and 26 must be completed.. Item multiple frequencies are being added to one location, complete as many lines as necessary, repeating the location number in Item 20 If are antenna number in Item 21 for each frequency added. A separate and line needs to be completed for each frequency if there the multiple emissions, multiple ant enna tips, etc. To do this, complete as many lines for each frequency as necessary, repeating the location number in Item 20, the antenna number in Item 21, the frequency in the column labeled ‘New” of Item 22a, and the remaining technical for each frequency line, as appropriate. information you a frequency or frequency band on an antenna at a location, modify must complete Items 19 - 21 and enter the existing frequency To frequency band in the frequency row of Item 22a labeled ‘Existing’ and enter the n ew frequency or frequency band in the or frequency row of Item 22a labeled ‘New’. 22b (Station Class Airport Control Tower/FAC only) To add frequencies on an antenna at a location; Item the specific enter frequencies in Megahertz (MHz), if known in the colum n labeled ‘New” of Item 22b. The requested frequencies must be available in the Commission’s rules governing the radio service in which you are seeking eligibility. Use a separate line for each frequency. If multiple frequencies are being added to one lo cation, complete as many lines as necessary, repeating the location number in Item 20 antenna number in Item 21 for each frequency added. A separate and line needs to be completed for each frequency if there are the multiple emissions, multiple antenna tip s, etc. To do this, complete as many lines as for each frequency as necessary, repeating the location number in Item 20, the antenna number in Item 21, the frequency in the column labeled ‘New’ of Item 22b, and the remaining technical information for each frequency line, as appropriate. frequency To modify a frequency on an antenna at a location, you must complete Items 19 - 21 and enter the existing in the column of frequency Item 22b labeled ‘Existing’ and enter the new in the frequency column of Item 22b labeled ‘New’. frequency: Item 22c (Station Class FAC only) Enter one of the following frequency type codes for each requested L Local Contro l Ground Contro l G to Emergency (121.5 MHz) - List this frequency only if wish transmit on the frequency 12 1.5 MHz. Do E you list the frequency if you not to monitor only . If you wish to be exempt from the monitoring intend requirement, you must submit your exemption request an attachment to this form. as O Other - Use this code for ATIS (Automatic Terminal Informa tion Service) and any other frequency not defined above. been a Local Control, Ground Control, or Other frequency has not If reserved by FAA, you may leave Item 22b blank. However, yet you must complete a line for each requested frequency (Items 19, 20, 21, 22c, 23, 24, 25, 26). transmitter 23 Enter the maximum Item output power in watts. Item 24 Enter the Proposed Hours of Operation (Public Coast, Public Fixed, and Airport Tower Control stations only). The format of proposed of operation is hhmm – hhmm (“hh” is the number of complete hours which have passed since midnight (00 to 24) and hours 9:00am the number of complete minutes that have “mm” since the start of the hour (00 to 59)). (i.e., from is through 5:00pm passed would be 0900 – 1700) 25 E nter Item Operational Altitude (Aeronautical Enroute VHF stations only). the Item 26 Enter the emission designator for each station. The new ITU (International Telecommunications Union) emission designators are may used in place of the old designators. The foll owing be samples of the corresponding new ITU designators for the most commonly used emission designators. which These are samples only and do not necessarily represent an emission for Note: you should apply. New Old Frequency modulated voice 16F3 16K0F3E (FM) 13K6F3E Frequency modulated (FM) voice 13.6F3 voice digitized Frequency modulated 20K0F1E 20F3Y - FCC 601 Schedule G Instructions August 2016 Page 5 -

69 Frequency modulated non - voice 20F9Y 20K0F1D digitized modulated sideband voice 2.8A3J 2K80J3E Amplitude single voice 6A3 6K00A3E Amplitude (AM) modulated Coordination Information FAA This item must be completed if the filer has specified any of the following station classes Item in Item 1 and is requesting a new or 27 station license: modified Support (121.950 MHz only) Aviation trol Tower Airport Con (all Navigational Aids) Land Radionavigation Land Test (RLT) Radionavigation (Automatic Observation/Automatic Weather Surface Observation) AWOS/ASOS Communications Remote Outlet Communications Outlet Ground Control Ramp le (1090 MHz) Aeronautical Utility Mobi System (1300 - 1350 Warning MHz) Audio Visual the FAA regional office to where the notification was sent and the date that Enter the FAA was notified. The Federal Aviation must be notified that this application in is being submitted. (FAA) to the FAA must be made prior to filing of Administration Notification application. Applications submitted without the required FAA notification will be returned to the Applicant without action. this Certifications application certifications that pertain to the type of station for which Indicate the is being filed. By signing the Main Form filed in this with this schedule, the Applicant certifies that the statements listed in this section are true, complete, correct, and made in conjunction faith. good International Registration Information a signatory party to international treaty agreements, the As FCC performs certain actions regarding the use of radio. The technical of your station parameters may be reported to the International Telecommunic ations Union, Geneva, Switzerland, and to details to border on or in close proximity countries the United States. This information along with data reported by other nations will be that in protect reported stations and aid used resolution of interference disput es between Licensees in different countries. to would marine coast stations, because of their geographic location, Certain be best protected by provision of additional information. Specifically, this includes any proposed station which is located in the regi on north of Line ‘A’, or in the State of Alaska east of Line ‘C’. and Refer the Commission’s rules for a detailed explanation of Lines A to C. Appendix I in FCC 601 Main Form Instructions contains a list of counties/boroughs, by state, having areas North o f Line A and East of Line C. advised to the contrary, the FCC will make certain Unless which reflect the typical fixed or temporary fixed VHF marine assumptions believe coast station. Carefully review the list below with respect to your particular situation. If y ou that these assumptions would leave your insufficiently protected, provide the actual station parameters in Schedule G, Items 32 through 35, using Items 28 through station identify the locations, antennas, and frequencies. If 31 do not pro vide the actual data and an interference to problem arises you involving another country’s station, your station will be protected to the limit of the FCC’s assumptions. only The following station parameters will be assumed unless otherwise stated: Item 32 Ante nna Azimuth of Main Lobe. The FCC will report each fixed temporary fixed VHF marine coast station as having an or omnidirectional (360) azimuth. Item 33 Beamwidth. Where an omnidirectional antenna is assumed, beamwidth has no relevance, and therefore, no assumed value will be used. Item 34 Antenna Polarization. All stations will be reported as having antennas with vertical polarization. dB. 6 be to assumed be Item 35 Antenna Gain. The antenna gain for all fixed and temporary fixed VHF marine coast stations will - FCC 601 Schedule G Instructions August 2016 Page 6 -

70 Technical Data Schedule for the FCC 601 by OMB Approved Schedule G and Aviation Services (Parts 80 and 87) 3060 - 0798 Maritime Form See 601 Main Instructions for burden estimate public 1) Station Class: 2) For Ground only, will the se rvice of the station be available to any aircraft desiring to use it? ( ) Y es N o 3) For Coast only, will this station be open to Public Correspondence? ( ) Y es N o the Station one): 4) For Aeronautical Radionavigation stations only, provide have Identifier (if you For Aeronautical Fixed stations or Aircraft Data Link Land Test Stations, 5) provide the call sign of the associated Aeronautical Enroute Station for Stations: Aeronautical Fixed stations or the call sign(s) of the consenting Aeronautical Enroute Statio n(s) in the area for Aircraft Data Link Land Test Control (Other than at the transmitter) Point(s) 9) 6) 7) 8) Location Action Point Control Telephone M / D A / Town, County/Borough/Parish, State or Street Address, City Number Number FCC 601 Schedule G August 2016 1 Page -

71 Antenna Information 12) 13) 14) 15) 16) 17) 18) 10) 11) Location Antenna Antenna Azimuth Action of Major Lobe Antenna Ht Transmission Half Power Receive o A / M / D Number Gain Loss Number East of True North to Tip Line Beamwidth Zone (dBi) directional antenna (meters) (degrees) (if used) FCC 601 Schedule G August 2016 2 Page -

72 Information Frequency Frequency (See Tower/FAC Control Airport except: part complete Classes Station All A) B). Information 26) 25) 23) 19) 20) 24) 21) Frequency (MHz) 22a) Action Emission Operational Hours Power Maximum Proposed Location Antenna band) Upper Lower (if A / M / D Output of Operation Number Numb (watts) er Designator Altitude Existing (if mod) New Existing (if mod) New ) mod Existing (if New Existing (if mod) New Existing (if mod) New Existing (if mod) New Existing (if mod) New mod) Existing (if New mod) Existing (if New Existi ng (if mod) New Existing (if mod) New Existing (if mod) New oordina C FAA tion Information 27) Applicants for a new or modified Aviation Support (121 .950 MHz), Control Tower, RCO, Radionavigation Land, Radionavigation Land Test, must (1090 Mobile Utility AWOS/ASOS, Aeronautical information: MHz), or Audio Visual Warning System (1300 - 1350 MHz) provide the following FAA Regional Office Date No tified: Notified: FCC 601 Schedule G Page 3 - August 2016

73 B) only if requested frequencies are for Airport Control Tower/FAC Station Class Complete 23) 26) 20) 21) 22b) 19) 22c) 24) Frequency Action Emission Frequency Locati on (MHz) Hours Power Antenna Maximum Proposed Type A Number Number Output of Operation D / M / Designator O / E / G L / (watts) New mod) Existing (if mod) New Existing (if mod) New Existing (if mod) New Existing (if New Existing (if mod) mod) New Existing (if New Existing (if mod) Existing (if New mod) Existing (if mod) New Existing (if mod) New mod) New Existing (if mod) f New Existing (i mod) New Existing (if Existing (if mod) New Existing (if mod) New Existing (if mod) New Existing (if mod) New Existing (if mod) New FAA Coordination Information 27) Applicants for a new or modified Aviation Support (121.950 MHz), Control Tower, RCO, Radionavigation Land, Radionavigation Land Test, AWOS/ASOS, Aeronautical Utility Mobile (1090 MHz), or Audio Visual Warning System (1300 - 1350 MHz) must pr ovide the following information: Notified: Notified: Date FAA Regional Office FCC 601 Schedule G August 2016 4 Page -

74 International Information - Additional Technical Information Registration 31) 29) 28) 30) 35) 34) 33) 32) Action Azimuth (MHz) Beamwidth Frequency Polarization Antenna Gain Location A/M/D (degrees) Number Number (dBi) (degrees) FCC 601 Schedule G August 2016 5 Page -

75 Certifications Coast Private and Marine Utility station certification. Check all that apply. station am: I that certify I Seeking authorization in an area having recognized frequency coordinating committee (Southern California ) ( a Council, North Pacific Marine Radio Council) and Marine the committee has endorsed the use of the Radio location(s) requested. frequ ency(ies) and construction, engaged in the operation, ) docking, direction, Regularly repair, servicing or management of ( or one commercial transport vessels or U.S., state or local government vessels; or, responsible for the more maintenance, or development of a harbor, port, or waterway used by commercial transport operation, control, or are responsible for the operation of bridges, structures, or other installations that part of, or directly vessels; such to, a harbor, po rt, or waterway when the operation of facilities requires radio communications with related for safety or navigation. vessels ) Engaged in furnishing a ship arrival and departure service; or, a corporation furnishing a nonprofit radio ( communication to its parent corporation, a subsidiary of the parent, or its own subsidiary, where the party to be served is service for a private coast or marine license; or, a nonprofit corporation or association organized to furnish a eligible utility station service solely to persons who operate mobile one or more commercial transport vessels. maritime ) A person controlling public mooring facilities; or, a yacht club with moorage facilities. ( A person servicing or supplying vessels other than commercial transport vessel s; or, a nonprofit organization ( providing noncommercial communications to ) other than commercial transport vessels. vessels Fixed station certification. Operational ) I certify that I am the Licensee of a coast or ( ground station and no other suitable tel ecommunications facilities are available to satisfy coast or ground station requirements. Support Maritime station certification. ( ) I certify that I intend to use this authorization to train personnel associated with the maritime service, or to test, de monstrate, or maintain ship or coast radio equipment. Fixed station certification . Aeronautical land ) I certify that I am the Licensee of an associated aeronautical enroute station and adequate line facilities are not available to fulfill this com munications ( that need. Advisory station Aeronautical (Unicom) certification. ( ) I certify that the station will be located on the property of the airport to be served and, in cases where the airport does not have a control tower, RCO, or FAA flight service st ation, that I have notified the owner of the airport and all aviation service organizations located at the airport within ten days prior to application. Aeronautical and Rescue station certification. Search private I certify that I am a ( entity or ) organization chartered to perform aeronautical search and rescue functions. governmental Flight Test station certification. Check all that apply. I certify that I am: ( ) Applying for UHF frequencies and request use of them in support of a contract with the U.S. Government. aircraft ( ) A manufacturer of or major aircraft components. is ( ) A parent corporation or its subsidiary if either corporation a manufacturer of aircraft or major aircraft components. ( ) An educational institution or person primarily en gaged in the design, development, modification, and flight test evaluation of aircraft or major aircraft components. support apply. Aviation station certification. Check all that I that I am: certify ) ( operator of a flight school. The than operator of lighter ) air aircraft. ( An ) Engaged in ( or free ballooning. soaring The operator of an airport or ) service organization located on an airport. ( aviation station certification. Check all that apply . Radiodetermination I The FAA is not prepared to re nder the service for which ( am applying. ) I am engaged in the development, manufacture, ( or maintenance of aircraft radionavigation equipment. ) ( intend to establish the proposed facility at ) an airport for the use of the public. I ( ) I am engaged in t he testing, manufacture, or design of ELTs or I train personnel in the operation and location of ELTs. Civil Air Patrol station certification. ( ) I certify that I represent Wings or the Headquarters of the Civil Air Patrol. Aeronautical or 122.875 MHz Certification . Enroute/122.825 I certify that this station will provide communications only to aircraft with a maximum ( of up to ) 56 passengers or carrying up to 18,000 lbs. of cargo. capacity Aeronautical Utility Mobile certification. Check all that app ly. ( ) I certify that I have a need to routinely operate a ground vehicle on the airport movement area. ( ) I certify that I am the airport owner or operator, or a state of local governmental agency; or I have obtained permission from the airport owner/op erator to operate a vehicle on the airport movement area. (tower) ( ) I certify that I have obtained an agreement from the Air Traffic Manager of the airport control tower that approves the requested use of the local control or frequency. RCO FCC 601 Schedule G August 2016 6 Page -

76 FCC FE DERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION 601 by Approved OMB Schedule H 0798 3060 - Main See 601 Form Instructions for public burden estimate Instructions and Information the Data for Schedule Technical Mobile and Land Mobile Broadcast Private Auxiliary Radio Services Land 90 and 74) (Parts Schedule H, is a supplementary schedule FCC use with 601, the FCC Application for Radio Service Authorization: Wireless Form for Bureau and/or Public Telecommunications and Homeland Security Bureau, FCC 601 Main Form. This schedule is used to apply Safety authorization to operate a radio station in the Private Land Mobile and Land Mobile Broadcast Auxiliary Radio Services, as for an in 47 Parts 90 and 74. It is also used to amend a pending application or modify an exi sting license in these services. defined CFR, this schedule is used by auction winners that must file site - specific technical data for international coordination or for an Additionally, Form of a particular site. The FCC 601 Main must be filed in conjunction with this schedule. environmental assessment must file technical information for each fixed location, including the antenna structures and/or each hand held/mobile transmit You fixed station location, itinerant station, or 6.1 meter control sta tion location using FCC 601, Schedule D, Schedule location, temporary Station Locations and Antenna Structures. It is recommended that you complete Schedule D prior to completing Schedule H. for INFORMATION REGARDING LOCATION, ANTENNA, AND CONTROL POINT NU MBERS: To identify existing IMPORTANT or control points, you must use the location, antenna, locations, and control point numbers assigned by the Universal antennas, (ULS). These numbers may not be identical to the Licensing location, antenna, and control point numbers on your current System authorization if that authorization was not issued by the Universal Licensing System. If you are unsure of the location, antenna, or control number that corresponds to a particular location, antenna, or control point, point yo u can query the ULS for the most up - to - date information regarding your authorization. To query the ULS license database for your call sign, point your web browser to http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls and click on Se arch - Licenses. Alternatively, you may call (877) 480 - 3201 (TTY 717 - 338 - 2824) for assistance. Schedule H Instructions Eligibility Item 1 Enter the number and paragraph of the FCC Rule Section that describes the eligibility for the radio service you specified in Item of the FCC 601 Main Form. 1 for Provide a statement that clearly indicates your qualifications the chosen service. This statement should include: Item 2 A general description of your business or activity; (1) descripti on of (2) how the radio will be employed in this activity; A of other (3) you believe will aid in a determination Any your eligibility for the service requested. information Frequency Coordinator Information Items - 6 These items will be completed by the appropr iate 3 certified frequency coordinators for those Applicants who are required to comply with the frequency coordination requirements. Broadcast Auxiliary Applicants who have notified their local frequency coordination committee should enter the name of the f requency coordinator, telephone number, including area code, of the person contacted, and date coordinated (Item 3 may be left blank). this ‘No’. enter Otherwise oordinated. c successfully been has application Item 7 Enter ‘Y’ if 601 Schedule H - Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 1

77 Exten ded (Slow Growth) Implementation If you are applying for an extended implementation period in which to construct and place a system in operation or requesting a 8 Item to an existing extended implementation schedule, enter ‘Y’. Otherwise ente r If you answer ‘Y’ to this question, you modification ‘N’. submit an exhibit must a justification for the extended implementation and a detailed implementation plan. Check applicable containing for eligibility for extended implementation plans ( e.g. , 47 CFR §§ 90.155(b) and 90.629). FCC rules Note: an authorization with a regular construction period To to one with an extended implementation period, you modify file FCC 601 Main Form with the purpose of MD - Modification and, enter ‘Y’ for Item 8 of FCC 601 Sched ule should H, attach supporting documentation. Do not file FCC 601 Schedule L - Waiver Request for Extension of Time for and to implementation request an extended period. Wireless Services Associated Call Signs List any call signs that are part Item 9 of the system and licensed separately. Broadcast Auxiliary Only 10 - 14 apply only to the Land Mobile Broadcast Auxiliary Radio Services, LP, LV and RP. Items there is an associated Broadcast Parent station, Items 10 through 12 must be completed. If there is more than one If Parent station, select one for the purpose of filing this application. Actions taken the Broadcast Parent station identified in Item 10 will similarly on affect the Broadcast Auxiliary Station (i.e., renewal, assignment of authorizat ion, cancellation, etc.). Item 10 If there is an associated Broadcast Parent station, enter the Facility Identification Number. This identification number is This a digit number assigned by the FCC’s Media Bureau. 5 is not the Call Sign of the Parent station. typically be Enter the Radio Service Code of the Item Parent station. The Parent Station Radio Service Code must 11 AM, FM or TV. Broadcast of 12 Enter the City and State Item the Parent Station’s principal community. Items 13 - 14 If there is no associated Broadcast parent station, enter the appropriate code for the Applicant and the State of primary operation. – Network Entity A Cable Network - Entity B Broadcast - Television Cable Operator C - Large Venue L or Operator M - Motion Picture Producer Owner P Professional Sound Company - - Television Producer T Note: If you enter L or P as the appropriate code, include on an attachment to your application the following certification and sign and date the “The applicant hereby certifies that it routinely uses 50 or certification: more low power auxiliary station devices, where the use of such devices is an integral part of major events or productions.” See 47 CFR § 74.832(e). Points Control This section must be completed for a prima ry control point. If you are adding a new control point, complete all items in this section for in each control point to be added. If you are modifying a control point, addition to Items 15 and 16, complete only the items that have are 16 point, currently are that points Control required. changed for each control point. If you are deleting a control and only Items 15 licensed this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the under authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested in this s ection. Item 15 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified control point. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’ for Delete. Item 16 Enter the FCC - assigned control point number (see Important Information Regarding Location, Antenna, and Control Point to Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). For a new control point, assign a temporary code the represent control point. The assigned should begin with C to indicate it as a control point and end code with a number to uniquely identify it ( e.g. , C1, C2, C3, etc.). The FCC will assign an official number to the new control point, which will appear on the Authorization and in the ULS database. control 17 Enter the street address, city or town, county/borough/parish or equiv alent entity, and state of the Item point. Refer to FCC Main Form Instructions, Appendix II, for a list of valid state, jurisdiction, and area codes. of t he control point could be for operation Item 18 Enter the telephone number (including area code) where a person responsible reached. 601 Schedule H - Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 2

78 Antenna Information is for fixed stations (Schedule D Item 3 = FX) and must be completed only when antenna information is to be added, section This for or If you are adding a new antenna, complete Items 19 - 23 deleted. each antenna to be added. If you are modifying an modified, antenna, existing in addition to Items 19, 20, and 21, complete only the items that have changed for the antenna. If you are deleting an Items 19, 20, and 21 are required. Antennas t hat are currently only under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be antenna, licensed on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested in this section. All stations proposing to operate on frequencies shown MHz MUST complete Items 19 - 2 7 if the filing is for a new Authorization. Failure to do so will result in the return of your 27.5 below further action. Land Mobile stations located near without borders that seek protection from interference should application international complete Items 24 - 27 if you believe that the assumptions listed would leave your station insufficiently protected. If so, provide the also not on which interference protection should be based. If you do provide the actual data and an interference problem arises data actual ving another country’s station, your station will be protected only to the limit of the FCC’s assumptions. This is especially important invol in stations proposed to be operated the any of the counties/boroughs listed in Appendix I of for FCC 601 Main Form instr uctions. Item 19 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’ Delete. for on For each antenna, enter its corresponding location number, as 20 Schedule D It em 2. If the location has been Item entered licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter the FCC - assigned location number (see previously Information Regarding Important Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). Otherwise, enter the code assigned on Schedule D to represent the location. Refer to the instructions for D for more information on assigning location numbers. Schedule Item 21 If the antenna has been previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter the antenna’ s FCC - assigned number (see Important Regarding Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). Otherwise, enter a Information to represent temporary each antenna. The assigned code should begin with an code A to indicate it i s an antenna and end with a number to uniquely identify it ( e.g. , A1, A2 and A3). A single location can have multiple antennas. Antenna numbers need only be new unique within each location. The FCC will assign an official number to the antenna, which will appear on the Authorization and in the ULS database. Note: Location number (Item 20) and antenna number (Item 21) are used to associate information in the Antenna Information Section with information in the Frequency Information Section. To technical do this, enter the necessary information the Antenna Information Section using the appropriate location number and antenna number. Then, into for necessary technical information in Frequency Information Section that antenna, using the same location enter the umber/antenna number pair. Each antenna specified in the Frequency Information Section must have n data in the Antenna Information Section. corresponding Services. 22 This is not required for Land Mobile Item Broadcast Auxiliary Radio For operations in 150 - 174 MHz, 220 - 222 MHz, 450 - 512 MHz, 851 - 869 MHz and 935 - 940 MHz, enter the height of the antenna above ground elevation for the average terrain. Enter this rules item meters, rounded to the nearest tenth. See the applicable in for instructions for computin g the height above average terrain for the antenna. Applicants applying on frequencies not mentioned in this paragraph may omit this item. of 23 Enter the overall height above ground of the highest part Item your antenna (antenna structure plus the height of the antenna, if top mounted; the total height to the tip of the antenna, if side - mounted). Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth. Item 24 Enter the angle in the horizontal plane of the transmitting antenna main lobe measured clockwis e with respect to True North indicate enter ‘360’ to (degrees) the transmitting antenna is omni - directional. or measured 25 For directional Item enter the total angle (degrees) horizontally in a plane containing the direction of maximum antennas, radiatio n within which the power radiated in any direction does not fall more than 3 dB below the power radiated in the direction of the maximum For omnidirectional antennas, enter ‘360.0’. This information should be available from radiation. specification sheet i with the antenna ncluded time of purchase. at Item 26 Enter one of the following code letters to represent the polarization of the transmitting antenna: E Elliptical – – 45 degrees F – H Horizontal J – Linear L – Left - hand circular R Right - hand circula r – S – Horizontal and vertical T – Right and left - hand circular Vertical V – in description a (provide Other – X attachment) an 601 Schedule H - Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 3

79 Item Enter the ratio (decibels) of the power required at the input of 27 a loss - free reference antenna to the power supplied to the input the given antenna to produce, in a given direction, the same field strength or the same power of flux - density at the same distance. This included information should be available from the specification sheet with the antenna at time of purchase. Unless advised to the contrary, the FCC will make certain assumptions which reflect the typical station in these services. Carefully review the list below with respect to your particular situation. If you believe that these assumptions insufficiently would leave your st ation do protected, provide the correct data in the Antenna Section. If you not provide the actual data and an interference problem arises involving another country’s station, ass your station will be protected only to the limit of the FCC’s umptions. following station parameters will be assumed The by the FCC unless otherwise stated: 0 ) Item 24 - Antenna Azimuth of Main Lobe. The FCC will report each base or mobile relay station as having an omnidirectional (360 P P azimuth. It will also be a ssumed that each control station associated with a mobile relay station has a directional antenna with its azimuth of maximum radiation directed toward the mobile relay station. Item 25 - Beamwidth. Where an omnidirectional antenna is assumed, beamwidth h as no relevance, and therefore, no assumed value be used. For control stations, 20 percent will be assumed. will - Antenna Polarization. All stations will be reported as having antennas Item with vertical polarization. 26 stations Item - Antenna Gain. The a ntenna gain for all 27 will be assumed to be 6 dB. Information. All stations specified on the same application form are Receiver assumed to be communicating with each other as a system. Receivers will be assumed to operate at the same location as th e transmitter. In other words, it is assumed that the receiver base a mobile station transmission is the location of the associated for station. The receiver site for a base station transmission is site assumed to be the area of operation of the associated mobile stations. For a control station transmission, it is assumed that the location the associated mobile relay station is the location of the receiver. of a signatory party to international treaty agreements, the FCC performs certain actions As ng the use of radio. The technical regardi details of your station parameters may be reported to the International Telecommunications Union, Geneva, Switzerland, and to countries which border on or in close proximity to the United States. This information along wi th data reported by other nations will be of used protect reported stations and aid in resolution to interference disputes between Licensees in different countries. Certain stations, because of their geographic location, would be best protected by provisi on of additional information. Specifically, this includes any proposed station which is located in the region north of Line ‘A’, or in the State of Alaska east of Line ‘C’. Refer to the Form Main 601 of list a contains Instructions Commission’s FCC rules for a detailed explanation of Lines A and C. Append ix I in counties/boroughs, state, having areas North of Line A and East of Line C. If the desired station is to operate in the 806 - 821/851 - by the - 824/866 - 869, 896 - 901/935 - 940 MHz bands, please consult 866, applicable rules for available frequencies and use near the 821 borders. United States/Canada/Mexico Station If you are adding a 6.1 Meter (20 foot) Note: Control criteria that requires greater than 5 watts output power/ERP for operations in regions Nort h of Line ‘A’ or in Alaska East of Line ‘C’, on Form 601 Schedule D, complete all required fixed items the control station as if adding a for station location. Frequency Information This section must be completed only when frequencies are to be adde d, modified, or deleted. If you are adding a new frequency, modifying complete all items for each frequency to be added. If you are a frequency ( i.e. , changing from one operating frequency to a different operating frequency), enter the existing and If new fre quencies in the appropriate boxes in Item 31. you are modifying attributes of an existing frequency, in addition to Items 28 through 32, complete only the items that have changed for the frequency. In order to modify an Emission Designator (Item 37), c omplete Items 28 - 32, specifying the appropriate location number, antenna and station class code, and list number, all active emission designators now associated with the specified location, frequency, antenna, frequency, and station class (complete as many rows as necessary, listing emission designators in Item 37). NOTE: To add an emission designator, the purpose should be ‘M’ (MOD) in Item 28. List all existing designator(s) and any new emission designator(s) in emission Item 37 for that specific frequen cy. If you are deleting a frequency, only Items 28 through 31 are required. Deleting a frequency will delete all station classes for that Items frequency. To delete a station class from a frequency, complete 28 - 32. Frequencies and station classes that are currently this in is licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action requested section. Instructions - H Schedule 601 FCC August 2016 - Page 4

80 Antenna frequency information for each antenna specified in the Enter Information Section. For multiple frequency lines, repeat the For number/antenna frequency. each for combination example: location number Location Antenna Frequency (MHz) A1 L1 XXX.XXXX L1 YYY.YYYY A1 L1 ZZZ.ZZZZ A1 AAA.AAAA L1 A2 A2 L1 BBBBB.BBBB L2 A1 CCCCC.CCCC DDDDD.DDDD A1 L2 – (carrier/assigned) 232 6 – 2327.4.) 806 example for block, same in shown be should bands Frequency (Note: 821, must provide a Narrowbanding type attachment MHz ADDITIONAL NOTE: bands Radio Services in the 150 - 174 MHz and 421 - 512 (voice) or 4800 bits per second per 6.25 kHz (data). stating the equipment meets the efficiency standard of one channel per 12.5 kHz take on the specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’ to Item 28 FCC the wants filer the action indicates item This the Delete. for in Item 20 of th e Antenna Information Section of this Item 29 For each antenna, enter its corresponding location number, as entered Schedule. Item 21 of the Antenna Information Section as of this in Item 30 For each antenna, enter its corresponding antenna number, entered Schedule. specific frequencies in Megahertz in the column labeled ‘New’. The a at antenna an on frequencies add To 31 Item the enter location, which you are seeking eligibility. Use service radio the in governing rules Commission’s the in available be must frequencies requested SMR mobile and control stations are now designated by a separate line for each frequency (the exceptions being that 800 MHz are frequency now designated by frequency range 896 - 901). Low Power range 806 - 821 and 900 MHz SMR mobile and control stations for accurate listing of the acceptable frequency Broadcast Auxiliary a and 74.802 on Secti Rule to refer should Applicants complete ranges. complete Items 28 - 30 and enter the existing frequency in the column To modify a frequency on an antenna at a location, you must ‘New’. labeled column the in y frequenc new the enter and ‘Existing’ labeled for most of these items are listed in the Commission’s table. following the from code class station appropriate the Enter 32 Definitions Item rules. 'S' for Standby, ‘A’ for Airport Terminal Temporary, for 'T' with code each follow appropriate, Where Note: for Itinerant, 'I' or 'L' Use, for Itinerant Interconnect. 'C' for Interconnect, 'J' for Temporary Interconnect, 'K' for Standby Interconnect, FXO use the alpha character For example, FBT means Temporary Base. (NOTE: MO, MO3, & MO6, MO7, MO8 “O”). Base...F B ... ...FB2 Mobile Relay Community Repeater ...FB4 ...F (Profit) Carrier Private B6 Private Carrier (Nonprofit) ...FB7 Centralized Trunked Relay...FB8 Control ... ...FX1* Mobile ...MO Mobile/Vehicular Repe ater...MO3 (Profit) ...MO6 Private Carrier Operation Mobile ...MO7 profit)... - Private Carrier Mobile (Non Operation Trunked Centralized Mobile ...MO8 ...FXO Fixed... Operational Fixed Relay ...FX2 Fixed ... ...FX** Fixed Stations or Links...FXB Primary Permanent Radiolocation Land ...LR Weather Radar Radiolocation ...WDX ... Mobile...MR Radiolocation Secondary Fixed Signaling ... ...FX3 associated mobile station for control purposes. as frequency same the employs that relay mobile the a with associated *Station 601 Schedule H - Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 5

81 **Station on frequencies available for fixed use for control purpos es in accordance with applicable rules. operating 33 Enter the number of actual transmitting units Item at each station. one transmitter Normally, mobile relay, etc.) is associated with only station classes that indicate operation at a permanent/fix ed (base, Therefore, for these station classes, the number 1 should usually be entered. However, if more than one transmitter is placed location. the location, then enter appropriate number. same at the transmitters associated with station classes that units. indi cate mobile operation, enter the total number of mobile For The total number of mobile units is normally the sum of vehicular, portable, aircraft, and marine units that will be placed in operation at the time of grant plus units for which purchase o rders have been signed and will be the in use prior to the end of the station’s construction period. Some exceptions are provided for in the rules, which should be noted. in Paging receivers should not be counted as mobile units. These receivers should be listed separately Note: Item 34. 34 Enter the number of Item paging receivers in this system. Item 35 For operations using the emissions NON, A1A, A2D, A3E, A9W, F1B, F2D, F3E, and F9W -- enter the mean RF output power Output single with operating (watts) normally supplied by the tran smitter to the antenna feedline. Enter Power for when transmitter sideband or new J3E) emission; enter the peak envelope power (watts). (See the applicable rules.) (A3J Note: The power entered should be the minimum required f or satisfactory operations. 36 This Item is required for operations above 10 MHz from Applicants requesting new station authorizations and for information modifications as described in the applicable rules. Enter the Effective Radiated Power (ERP). The E RP is the transmitted output power times the net gain of the antenna system. This is the gain of the antenna minus the transmission losses, which include losses attributable to the transmission line, duplexers, cavity actual filters, and isolators. The for mula is: ERP (watts) equals Power (watts) times Antilog of (net gain in dB divided by 10) Item 37 Enter the emission designator for each station. Normally, land mobile operations are intended to provide voice communications. The new ITU (International T elecommunications Union) emission designators must be used in place of the old designators. The following provides samples of the corresponding new ITU designators for the most commonly used emission which designators. are samples only and do not necessari ly represent an emission for These you should apply. Old New modulated (FM) Frequency voice 20F3 20K0F3E Frequency modulated (FM) voice 13.6F3 13K6F3E Frequency digitized voice 20F3Y 20K0F1E modulated Frequency modulated digitized non - voice 20F9Y 20K 0F1D Amplitude modulated single sideband voice 3A3J 3K00J3E 8K00A3E (AM) voice 8A3 Amplitude modulated (12.5 voice modulated Frequency 11K3F3E channel) KHz 601 Schedule H - Instructions FCC August 2016 - Page 6

82 FCC Technical Data Schedule for the Approved by OMB 601 Broadcast H Private Mobile and Lan d Mobile Auxil iary 3060 - 0798 Schedule Land instructions See Form Main 601 and 90 (Parts Services Radio 74) for public burden estimate Eligibility Rule Section: 1) Describe Activity: 2) Frequency Coordinator Information (if not self - coordinated) 3) 4) 5) 6) Name Frequency of Frequency Coordinator Coordination Telephone Number Coordination Number Date Has this application been successfully 7) coordinated? ( ) Y es/ N o Extended Implementation (Slow Growth) ex 8) Are you requesting a new or modified tended implementation plan? ( ) Y es/ N o exhibit schedule. If ‘Yes’, attach an construction with a justification and a proposed station required) Associated Call sheets Signs (Attach additional if 9) Broadcast Auxiliary Only is associated there If an Station Parent of 10) Facility Id State nd of Parent 11) Radio Principal a City 12) of Service Parent Station, compl ete y: Station: Parent Station: Communit Items - 12. 10 State ) of Primary Operation: 14 is Applicant this station, parent associated no is there 13) If ) ( a: C a ble Network Entity B roadcast Net work Entity Television C able Operator Venue Owner or Operator M otion Picture L Producer arge T rofessional Sound P Producer Company elevision (Attach Control (Other than at the transmitter) Point(s) additional sheets if required) 16) 15) 17) 18) Location Telephone Action Point Control er A/M/D Street Address, City or Town, County/Borough/Parish, State Numb Number FCC 601 Schedule H August 2016 1 Page -

83 Antenna Information 21) 22) 23) 24) 25) 26) 27) 19) 20) Location Antenna AAT Antenna Ht. Action Beamwidth Polarization Gain (dB) Azimuth ( ) Number Number (meters) (degrees) (degrees) ) (meters A/M/D FCC 601 Schedule H August 2016 2 Page -

84 Frequency Information 34) 29) 30) 31) 32) 35) 36) 37) 28) 33) Location Antenna Frequency (MHz) Station No. of No. of Output ERP (watts) Emission Action ( Number Number Class Units Paging Power Designators ) Receivers A/M/D (watts) Existing mod) New (if (if mod) Existing New Existing (if mod) New (if Existing mod) New Existing (if mod) New New Existing (if mod) New Existing (if mod) Existing (if mod) New Existing (if mod) New Existing (if mod) New New Existing (if mod) New Existing (if mod) (if mod) New Existing New Existing (if mod) mod) New Existing (if Existing (if mod) New New Existing (if mod) New Existing (if mod) (if mod) New Existing Existing (if mod) New New Existing (if mod) FCC 601 Schedule H August 2016 3 Page -

85 FCC FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION Approved by OMB 601 I - 0798 Schedule 3060 Form Instructions 601 See Main Instructions for public burden e stimate Information and Technical Data Schedule for the Instructions for Auxiliary Microwave Microwave Broadcast and Services Fixed 101 and 74) (Parts Wireless 601, Schedule I, is a supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Radio Service Authorization: Form FCC and/or Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau, FCC 601 Bureau Main Form. This schedule is used to apply Telecommunications an authorization to operate a radio station in the Fixed Microwave and Microwave Broadcast Auxiliary Services, as de fined in 47 for pending 101 and 74. It is also used to amend a application or modify an existing license in these services. Additionally, this Parts CFR, is used by auction winners that must file site - specific technical data for international coordina tion, for an environmental schedule a particular site or for operation that would affect a assessment quiet zone. of The FCC 601 Main Form must be filed in radio conjunction with this schedule. All site and technical information, whether pertaining to a fixed loca tion or an area location , is filed on Schedule I. Do not file FCC 601, Schedule - Schedule for Station Locations and Antenna Structures in conjunction with Schedule I. D IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING LOCATIONS, PATHS, or PASSIVE REPEATER NUMBERS : To identify existing locations, or passive repeater numbers, you must use the location, paths, path, or passive repeater numbers assigned by the Universal Licensing System (ULS). These numbers may not be identical to the numbers on your current author ization if that authorization was not by the Universal Licensing System. If you are unsure of the location, path, or passive repeater number that corresponds to a issued location, path, or passive repeater, you can query the ULS for the most up - to - date information regarding your authorization. particular To query the ULS license database for your call sign, point your web browser to http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls and click on Search - Licenses. Alternatively, you may call (877) 480 - 3201 (TTY 717 - 338 - 2824) for assistance. transmit location will always Note: The assigned Location Number 1. be IMPORTANT ANTENNA STRUCTURE REGISTRATION INFORMATION: The Commission will evaluate your application for a fixed FCC location b ased on the FCC Antenna Structure Registration Number or 854 File Number you provide (if required). If you mistype your longitude, elevation, FCC Antenna Structure Registration Number or FCC 854 File Number, or provide location data (latitude, structur heights) that is inconsistent with the data found in the Commission’s Antenna Structure e Registration database, your application will be dismissed. Inconsistent data is defined as follows: 1. Latitude and Longitude data provided on Schedule I, Supplement 1, differs from the data in the Antenna Structure Registration by more than database 1 second; or 2. The height or elevation reported on Schedule I is more than 0.5 meters (1.5 feet) greater than the data in the Antenna Antenna the Structure Registration Database; or ele vation is more than 3 meters (9.8 feet) less than the elevation listed in Registration Structure Database. nstructions FCC 601 Schedule I I 1 Page - August 2016

86 Schedule I Instructions for be submitted for every Fixed Microwave and Microwave Broadcast Auxiliary application (Parts 101 and 74) must a Schedule I filed of New (NE), Modification (MD), Renew/Modification (RM) Amendment (AM). purpose and Information Administrative 1 If this application is being filed as part Item a pack, either simultaneously with the pack or as a late addition to the pack, enter 'Y'. of ‘N’. Otherwise enter subsystem pack is a set of applications requesting a system Note: or A of microwave links which are related to the extent that cannot or must not operate independently and so must all have the same grant date and construction they deadline. applications intended to be part of a pack should be filed together with the other applications in the All on the same day (the initial filing date of the pack). Applications that are part of a pack may also be filed singl y, pack, a late addition to the pack. as In to incorporate new paper - filed applications into a new order all the paper - filed applications for the new pack pack, be filed together on the same day; it is recommended that they also be filed in the same envelo pe. must 2 Complete this item only if the answer to Item Item 1 is ‘Y’. If this application is being filed on the initial filing date of the pack and the Pack Number has already been obtained on - line, or this application is being filed as a late a ddition to the pack, the Pack Registration this application must be entered in Item 2a. Otherwise, ( i.e. , if Registration is being filed on the initial filing date of the pack and Number Item the Registration Number has not been obtained on - line), enter in Pack 2b a de scriptive and unique pack name, not exceeding 50 characters, which the FCC will use to relate this application to other applications filed for the pack on the same day. The FCC will assign new Pack Registration Number to the pack. a on It is recommende d that a Pack Note: Registration Number be obtained - line prior to the initial filing of the pack, and entered in Item 2a, to facilitate pack identification and aggregation, and to avoid confusion. 3 Enter the type of operation code. Select only one code per application. A separate license is needed for each type Item of operation. Valid types of operation codes are: F - Permanent Fixed Point to Point (MAS) M - Multiple Address System T - Temporary Fixed/Mobile - D Digital Electronic Message Service (DEMS) - 1watt)) than (EIRP less 18 18 GHz Low Power (See Section 101.147(r)(10) for definition of Low Power 31 31 GHz Systems - - 38 GHz Systems 38 4 Enter the station class code that identifies the transmitter Item class. Refer to Table 1, located on page 16 of these instructions. The class codes are as follows: station Fixed FXO ... ... FX5 Temporary Fixed bile ... MO Mo Temporary Fixed ... MO5 Mobile & 5 For Digital Electronic Message Services (DEMS) Item only: Enter the Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area (SMSA) for the license. Item 6 This question must be answered if filing an application for a NEW station, a Modification, a Renewal/Modification, or an pending Amendment to a application. Enter ‘Y’ if you are filing : a. application for a New Station authorization; An an application for a Major Modification of b. existing authorization; An application for a Renewal and c. Major Modification of an existing authorization; An d. An application for Major Amendment of any of the above ; when e. application for Minor Modification or Minor Amendment An this application, along with all other minor Modification or amendment requests filed since you applied for a new authorization, or since the last Major action Major criteria for a was granted by the Commission, p roduces a cumulative effect that would equal or exceed the filing. nstructions FCC 601 Schedule I I 2 Page - August 2016

87 Otherwise, ‘N’ if the cumulative effect would be considered a Minor filing. enter Section 1.929 for specific details on Classification of filings as Major or Minor. For your convenience, you will find Rule See Rule 1.929 listed on Pages 12, 13 and 14 of the FCC 601 Main Form Instructions. Section Enter Item ‘Y’ if frequency coordination has been completed for this application. Otherwise enter ‘N’. 7 dinator Information Frequency Coor section must be completed if the station is not self - coordinated. This 8 Enter the frequency coordination number issued by the frequency coordinator for this application. Item 9 Enter the name of the frequency coordinator. Item Item Enter the telephone number (including area code) of the frequency coordinator. 10 Enter the month, day and year on which Item was completed. frequency coordination 11 Broadcast Auxiliary Only item applies to Microwave Broadcast Auxiliary Stati ons only. This Complete either Item 12 or Item 13. there is an associated Broadcast Parent station, all parts of Item 12 must be completed. If there is more than one Parent station, If for the purpose of filing this application. Actions taken on th e one Broadcast Parent station entered in Item 12 select similarly affect will the Broadcast Auxiliary Station (i.e., renewal, assignment of authorization, cancellation, etc.). Item 12a there is an associated Broadcast Parent station, enter the Facility Identific ation Number. This is typically a 5 digit number If the FCC’s Media Bureau. This is not the Call Sign of the Parent station. assigned by 12b Enter the Radio Service Code of the Broadcast Parent station. The type of traffic, TV Item Aural, indicated by th e Radio Service or of the Parent station must be consistent with that indicated by the Service Code of the Broadcast Auxiliary station requested Radio under this application: If filing for Broadcast Auxiliary Radio Service Code of TB, TI, TS, TT, or TP, the P arent station Radio Service Code must be TV or TX. AS, filing for a Broadcast Auxiliary Radio Service Code of AB, AI, or If the Parent station Radio Service Code must be AM, FM or FX. Item 12c Enter the City and State of the Parent station’s principal co mmunity. 13 If there is no associated Parent station, certify that the Item Applicant is a Broadcast Network Entity and enter the State of primary operation. By signing the FCC 601 Main Form filed in conjunction with this Schedule, the Applicant certifies that the statement listed in radio TV Entity up, - Pick Item 13 is true, complete, correct, and made in good faith. Note that a Broadcast Network must have entered service ‘TP’, in Item 1 of the FCC 601 Main Form. code Control Point (Technical Point of Con tact) one Microwave and Microwave Broadcast Fixed Auxiliary Services authorize only control point per license. Therefore, this section must be completed only when a control point is to be added or modified. If you are adding a new control point (for a new license only), complete all items in this section. If you are modifying an existing control point, in addition to Item 14, complete only the items that have changed for the control point. The control point that is currently licensed under this call sign b y the FCC will continue to be shown on is the as is, unless a specific action Authorization requested in this section. Item 14 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified control point. Enter ‘A’ for Add or ‘M’ for Mod ify. point. 15 Enter the street address, city or town, county/borough/parish or equivalent entity, and state of the control Item Refer to FCC of 601 Main Form Instructions, Appendix II, for a list valid state, jurisdiction, and area abbreviations. or can be system Item 16 Enter the telephone number, including area code, where a person responsible for operation of the station reached. nstructions FCC 601 Schedule I I 3 Page - August 2016

88 Instructions Schedule I Supplement 1 - Location Data for must be completed only when a location (transmi tter, receiver, or passive repeater) is to be added, modified, or Supplement This Each Supplement 1 describes one location. If you have more than one location, submit an additional Supplement 1 for each. deleted. to you a new location, complete a Supplement 1 for each location are be added. If you are modifying an existing location, in If adding to Items 1, 2, 6 (FCC Antenna Structure Registration Number or FCC 854 File Number), and 22 (NEPA), complete only the addition that have changed for each location. If you a re deleting a location, complete only Items 1 and 2. Locations that are currently items under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested in this licensed Supplement. Supplement 1 d escribes one location only. To add, modify, or delete technical data associated with a location, you Note: must 2 (Path Data), Supplement 3 (Passive Repeaters), and/or Supplement 4 (Frequency Data) along with Supplement file Supplement 1. purposes of these instructions and the use of this Supplement 1, permanent fixed point - to - point stations, Multiple Address System For stations that are not mobile - only or auctioned, and Digital Electronic Message Service (DEMS) stations, are considered to have (MAS) trans locations. Mobile - only Multiple Address System (MAS) (non - auctioned) stations, temporary fixed, 18 GHz Low Power fixed mit stations and - 31.3 GHz and 38.6 - 40.0 GHz (non - auction, area operation) 31.0 are considered to have area transmit locations. stations, sum mary of Types of Operation Codes/Station Classes/Transmit Location A Codes is provided in Table 1, located on page Types/Path these instructions. 16 of REGARDING LOCATIONS: Receiver and IMPORTANT Passive Repeater INFORMATION location information may only be specified Permanent Fixed Point - to - Point systems or for Broadcast Auxiliary for Pickup stations. For all other types of operation, you may TV only specify location information for the transmitter. Additionally, you must check Table 1 on page 16 of these instructions to determine station for which you are applying should be associated with a fixed location (station class if = FXO in Item 4 of Schedule I) or an the area enter data accordingly. location; For MAS and DEMS stations associated with a Note: fix ed location, the area in which you may locate remote and user stations is defined in the FCC rules (see 47 CFR § 101.105) and is not collected on this form. Additionally, for these stations, transmitter location information entered in Items 7 - 12 should correspond to the center of the station’s the correspond the site elevation entered in Item 13 should operating to the elevation at the coordinates entered in area, Items 7 - 8, and the antenna structure height data entered in Items 14 - 15 must be equal to or gr eater than the value entered antenna height in Item for 7 of Supplement 2. Note: For Broadcast Auxiliary TV Pickup locations, you must complete items 1, 2, 3, 5 - 16 and 22. For all other Receiver Receiver locations, you must complete Items 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8 , and 13. Note: For Passive Repeater locations, Items 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 - 8, 13 - 16, 22, 23a, 23b, and 24 must be completed. a modification that effects the Path, Frequency or Passive Repeater data at an existing licensed If filing location, then Note: ,23, and 24 (if applicable) 22 also be completed. items must 1 Enter the code indicating the action requested. Item To add a new location, enter ‘A’. If the new location you are adding is a fixed transmit location, also complete Items 2, 3, 5 through 16, and 22, If the new location you are adding is an area location, also 23, complete Items 2 through 5, 7, 8, 10 through 12, and 17 24. through 24. Note: Part 101 Microwave Services and Part 74 Broadcast Auxiliary Microwave Services only authorize one transmit ation per license. Therefore, a transmit location may only be added if the purpose of FCC 601 Main Form loc is ‘New’. modify existing location data, enter ‘M’. If the existing To transmit location is a fixed transmit location, complete Items 2 (Location Numb er), 6 (FCC Antenna Structure Registration Number or FCC 854 File Number), 22 (NEPA), 23 (Quiet Zone - if required), and only those Items 7 through 16 that are being modified (enter the new of data only). If the existing transmit location is an area locati on, complete Item 2 and only those Items 7, 8, 10 through 12, and 17 through 23 that are being modified (enter the new data only). delete an existing location, enter To ‘D’ and complete Item 2. that with s associated path all location. Note: Deleting a receiver location will also delete nstructions FCC 601 Schedule I I 4 Page - August 2016

89 Item This item must be completed. If the station location has been previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter its FCC - 2 location (see Important Information Regarding Location and Path Numbe rs number on page 1 of these instructions). For a assigned location, assign a temporary code to represent the station location. The assigned code should begin with ‘L’ to indicate it is a new and with a number to uniquely identify it ( e.g. , L1, L2, L3, etc.). The FCC will assign an official number to the new station, location end appear on the Authorization. which will transmitter Note: must always be The assigned location 1 (L1). location 3 Enter the appropriate location description for the specified location. Val id location descriptions are listed below: Item Transmit Receiver Passive Repeater 4 For area transmit locations only, enter the appropriate area of operation code using the table below. Additional mobile location Item must be completed according to th e area of operation code chosen. Refer to the table to determine which additional fields are fields for the chosen area of operation code. required Note If area operation will cover multiple counties, use area of operation code 'O' and specify all applicable c ounties in Item : 21. of Operation Codes and Required Data Values Area Additional Supplement Code Data Elements Required for Description each Area of Operation Code 1 Item Numbers 12, 17, 11, 10, 8, 7, State**, City*, Longitude, Temporary Fixed or Mobile Radius, Latitude, area, Canadian Coordination County/Borough/Parish**, NEPA, Quiet Zone area of (circular centerpoint a KMRA around P 20, 22, 23 operation) 19, 7, 8, 18, 20, 22, Longitude, Latitude, Longitude, Maximum Latitude, Maximum Canadian 23 NEPA, Quiet Zone Operation R Area Rectangular of Coordination area, including Hawaii Alaska & US Territories Canadian Nationwide Coordination, NEPA, Quiet Zone 20, 22, 23 N Continental US Canadian Coordination, NEPA, Quiet Zone 20, 22, 23 U C County/Borough/P arish Wide Area of Operation State, County/Borough/Parish, Canadian Coordination, NEPA, Quiet Zone 11, 12, 20, 22, 23 Area of Operation State, Canadian S Coordination, NEPA, Quiet Zone 11, 20, 22, 23 Statewide Quiet - Narrative Description, Canadian Co ordination, NEPA, O Zone 20, 21, 22, 23 Other *Kilometers Radius ** Complete as applicable - refer to instructions for applicability Item 5 This item is required. Enter the location or station name. If a new station is proposed, give it a name that relates to its location 20 (up For example, the name of a city, statistical area, town, or prominent geographical to feature may be used. If characters). necessary, abbreviate the name, without punctuation ( e.g. , Bald Mtn). Item 6 This item is required for fixed transmit locations, passive repeater locations, and receive locations in the Broadcast Auxiliary TV Pickup radio service if the action requested in Item 1 is ‘A’ or ‘M’. If antenna structure registration is required, enter the seven digit FCC Antenna Stru cture Registration Number (shown on the structure’s registration, FCC 854R) or FCC 854 File Number. Otherwise, enter not ‘N/A’ to indicate that FAA notification is required. must structures required, antenna owners Note: Effective 7/1/96 the Commission requires to register certain structu res. When be using FCC 854. The use of this FCC 601 to supply antenna structure information does not replace registered to register antenna structures on the FCC 854. requirement For more information, see our web site at the http://wireless.fcc.gov/antenna , call (877) 480 - 3201 (TTY 717 - 338 - 2824), or visit the web at http://esupport.fcc.gov . Note: If, in accordance with 47 CFR § 17.14, Antenna Structure Registration is not required because the structure is shielded by existing structures or because it is fixed by its functional purpose, submit supporting documentation as an attachment to your application. Note: For a Multiple MA S the Master or DEMS Nodal station, if only fixed sub - type of operation codes (see Table 1 at the Way end this schedule) to be used at the station are MAS Multiple Two - Way Master - Remote, MAS Multiple One - of Outbound Master, or DEMS Multiple Two - Way Nodal - U ser, there is no antenna structure at the coordinates because specified in Items 7 and 8, no antenna registration is required. In item 6, enter ‘N/A’. 7 and 8 These items are required for all receiver locations, Items are required for all transmit an d passive repeater locations if ‘N/A’ and FCC Antenna provided an was entered in Item 6. Enter the geographic coordinates (latitude and longitude) of the location. If you Structure nstructions FCC 601 Schedule I I 5 Page - August 2016

90 Structure Number or an FCC 854 File Number in Item 6 for a transm it or passive repeater location, then these items are Registration Schedule (see Antenna Structure Registration Information on Page 1 of Important I Instructions). For area locations, enter the optional specified in the table in the instructio ns for Item 4: geographic coordinates as ‘P’ was entered in Item If enter the geographic coordinates of the center point; 4, entered in Item 4, enter the geographic coordinates ‘R’ southeast corner of the rectangular area was or box. ( See also If of the and 19 for 18 No rthwest corner) Items the the latitude using the format DD - MM - SS.S , where the degrees ( DD ) term can have a value in the range of 0 to 72, minutes ( MM ) Enter the from 0 to 59, and seconds ( SS.S ) can range from 0 to 59.9. In lower right corner, specify the direction as either N for range can or S for South. North the longitude using the format DDD - MM - SS.S , where the degrees ( DDD ) term can have a value in the range of 64 to 180, Enter from ) can range from 0 to 59, and seconds ( SS.S ) can range MM 0 to 59.9. In the lower right corner, specify the direction as ( minutes or E for East either W for West. 1983 must be referenced to the North American Datum of All coordinates (NAD83). This information can be determined in many ways, including a GPS receiver, a 7.5 minute topo graphical quadrangle map of the area, or you may consult the city or county/borough/parish surveyor your area. Topographical maps may be purchased from the U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, DC 20242 or from its in in Denver, Colorado 80225. office coordinates (latitude and longitude) for Note: in the Location Continental United States, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin sites Alaska, Hawaii, American Samoa, and Guam must be referenced to the North American Datum Islands, of 1983 (NAD83). Coordinates for sites in the Northern Mariana Islands, Wake Island, and Midway Island should be which referenced the applicable local datums. If the source from to you obtain the coordinates still utilizes an older datum ( i.e. , NAD27, PRD40) you must convert to NAD83. Conversio n routines are available through the internet at http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/utilities/nadcon.html. Items - 12 9 Locations Fixed you answered N/A in Item 6 for a If Location or f or a Broadcast Auxiliary TV Pickup receive location, you must complete Items Transmit 9 through 12. If you provided an FCC Antenna Registration Number or FCC Form 854 File Number in Item 6 for a Transmit Location or complete for Broadcast Auxiliary TV Pickup receive locat ion, you must a Item 12, County/Borough/Parish name. If the Location is a Receiver or Passive Repeater, Items 9 through 12 are not required to be completed. 9 This item must be completed for the Transmit Location Item Broadcast Auxiliary T V Pickup receive location. Enter a complete or for a description of the location such as street number and address or other geographic description such as direction and distance from a Box town or known landmark (i.e., Rt 81, 5 km South of Fairview). P. O. for Numbers or geographical coordinates are not acceptable this item. the For a Multiple MAS Master or DEMS Nodal station, if the only fixed sub - type of operation codes (see Table 1 NOTE: at end of this Schedule) to be used at the station are Multiple Two - Way Master - Remote, MAS Multiple One - Way Outbound MAS Master, or DEMS Multiple Two - Way Nodal - User, because there is no antenna structure at the coordinates specified in Items 7 and enter ‘Various Locations’ in Item 9. 8, he 10 This item must Item be completed with t City in which the Station is located. Item 11 This item must be completed with the State code in which the Station is located. Refer to FCC 601 Main Form Instructions, Appendix II, for a list of valid state, jurisdiction and area codes. Item 12 This item must be completed with the County/Borough/Parish or equivalent entity in which the Station is located unless any of the pertain: following is city entered in Item 10 is an Independent City that not affiliated with a County/Borough/Parish (i.e., Ba ltimore, MD) a) the the State code entered b) in Item 11 is GM, Gulf of Mexico the nearest City, County/Borough/Parish or equivalent NOTE: If and State are located in a bordering entity county/borough/parish or equivalent entity and/or state, enter a complete descr iption of the location in Item 9 as shown in this example. Complete 10 if a City, Town or Village within the Item Station's County/Borough/Parish or equivalent entity is nearby and complete Items 11 and 12 with the County/Borough/Parish or equivalent entit y and State in which the coordinates are actually located. Palo 9) (Street) Summit Mtn near Example: Verde, Imperial County, CA 10) (City) AZ 11) (State) 12) Paz La (County/Borough/Parish) nstructions FCC 601 Schedule I I 6 Page - August 2016

91 Area Locations For respond to Items 9 - 12 as specified in the table in the instructions for Item 4: locations, area is not applicable for area locations item and should be left blank. 9 This Item If ‘P’ was entered in Item 4, enter the city or town name of the location in this item. This item is required Item only if Item 12 is b lank. 10 If ‘P’, ‘C’, or ‘S’ was entered in Item 4, enter the State 11 the location in this item. Refer to FCC 601 Main Form Instructions, Item of II, for a list Appendix valid state, jurisdiction, and area codes. of 12 If ‘P’ or ‘C’ was entered in Ite m 4, enter the County/Borough/Parish or equivalent entity of the location in this item. This item is Item required for area of operation code ‘C’. This item is also required for area of operation code ‘P’ except when: (a) the city always in Item 10 is n Independent City that is not affiliated with a County/Borough/Parish ( i.e ., Baltimore, MD), or (b) the State entered a Item 11 is in (Gulf of Mexico). entered ‘GM’ Items 13 - 16 only apply to Fixed Locations. If you answered ‘N/A’ in Item 6 for a Transmit, Pa ssive Repeater, or Note: you TV Pickup Receive Location, Broadcast must complete Items 13 - 16. If you provided an FCC Antenna Auxiliary Registration Number or FCC 854 File Number in Item 6 for a Transmit, Passive Repeater, or Broadcast Auxiliary Structure Pick Antenna Receive Location, Items 13 - 16 are optional (see Important Structure Registration Information on page TV up 13 of I If the Location is a Receiver, Item Schedule must be completed. Items 14 - 16 are not required. 1 instructions). 13 Enter the eleva tion above mean sea level (AMSL) of the ground at the antenna location. Enter this item in meters, rounded to Item tenth. Refer to letter ‘a’ in the the antenna structure figure examples on page 9 of these instructions. This information can be nearest d many ways, including a GPS receiver, 7.5 minute topographical quadrangle in map of the area, or you may consult the city determine county/borough/parish surveyor in your area. Topographical maps may be purchased from the U.S. Geological or Survey, Washington, DC 2 0242 or from its office in Denver, Colorado 80225. For a Multiple MAS Master or NOTE: DEMS Nodal station, if the only fixed sub - type of operation codes (see Table 1 at the end of this Schedule) to be used at the station are MAS Multiple Two - Way Master - Rem ote, MAS Multiple One - Way coordinates Outbound or DEMS Multiple Two - Way Nodal - User, because there is no antenna structure at the Master, specified in Items 7 and 8, enter ‘0' single digit zero) in Item 13. (the Item 14 Enter the height above ground level to the highest point of the supporting structure only . Enter this item in meters, rounded consists to the nearest tenth. For example, if the antenna structure of a building/tower combination, include any elevator shaft, flagpole, the or penthouse in over all support structure height, but not the antenna, tower, pole, or mast. If the antenna structure is a tower only, include height of the tower but not the antenna. Refer to letter ‘b’ in the antenna structure figure examples on page 9 of these the ions. instruct only a Multiple MAS Master or DEMS Nodal station, if the For fixed sub - type of operation codes (see Table 1 at NOTE: end of this Schedule) to be used at the station are MAS the Two - Way Master - Remote, MAS Multiple One - Way Multiple Outbound Master, or DEMS Multiple Two - Way Nodal - User, because there is no antenna structure at the coordinates specified in Items 7 and 8, enter ‘6.1' in Item 14. Item 15 Enter the overall height above ground level of the entire antenna structure to the highest point, inclu ding any appurtenances. etc. Enter item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth. You must include antennas, dishes, obstruction lighting, this Refer to letter ‘c’ in the antenna structure figure examples page 9 of these instructions. on NOTE: For a Mult iple MAS Master or DEMS Nodal station, if the only fixed sub - type of operation codes (see Table 1 at One the end of this Schedule) to be used at the station are MAS Multiple Two - Way Master - Remote, MAS Multiple - Way because Outbound Master, or DEMS Multiple Two - Way Nodal - User, there is no antenna structure at the coordinates 8, 15. Item in ‘6.1' enter specified in Items 7 and nstructions FCC 601 Schedule I I 7 Page - August 2016

92 Item Enter the code for the type of structure on which the antenna is or will be mounted from the following valid structure types: 16 Code Definition Building B Top Antenna on BANT with Building with BMAST Mast Building Building with Pipe BPIPE Building BPOLE with Pole BRIDG Bridge Building with Tower BTWR Guyed structure GTOWER used for communication purposes Lattice Tower LTOWER Mast MAST Monopole MTOWER Guyed NNGTANN* Array Tower Lattice Tower Array NNLTANN* Monopole Array NNMTANN* Any type of Pipe PIPE Any type of Pole POLE Oil or other type of Rig RIG Any type of Sign or Billboard SIGN Any type of Silo SILO Stack STACK Smoke An y type of Tank (water, gas, etc.) TANK support used as a When for an antenna TREE UPOLE Utility Pole/Tower used to provide service (electric, telephone, etc.) Valid Arrays. Code definition: The first NN indicates the number Tower of towers in an array. Th e second NN * optional and indicates is the position of that tower in the array ( e.g. , 3GTA2 would identify the second tower in a three tower array). ** Not Applicable Structure Type: This code is only valid to describe the antenna support structure at a lo cation associated with the types MAS and DEMS stations: following Multiple MAS - way Master - Remote Two MAS Multiple One way Outbound Master - DEMS Multiple Two - way Nodal - User 17 For Area of Operation code ‘P’, enter the radius of Item area of operation. Enter in kilometers, rounded to the nearest tenth. the Mobile 3 Item Note: For MAS Master I (mobile - only), indicated by type of operation Multiple Address System on Schedule and - type of operation Mobile Master in Item 4a of Supplement 2 - enter 40.5. sub For 18 GHz Low Power, indicated by on Schedule I Item 3 - enter 28.0. Items 18 and 19 These items must be completed for area operations that are defined by a rectangular area or box coordinates (Area of and Operation in Item 4 = ‘R’). Enter geographic coord inates (latitude code longitude) of the northwest corner of the rectangular area of box in Items 18 and 19. See Notes in Items 7 and 8 of these instructions for important information regarding coordinates. Item 20 Respond to this Item only if you are apply ing for an area location. This item helps the FCC to determine if it will initiate coordination with Canada. If any part of the area location is in an area that requires frequency coordination with procedures Canada you intend to operate in this area, enter ‘Y’. In and the event the Applicant needs to submit additional information regarding coordination of a channel assignment with Canada, this should be attached as an exhibit which references Schedule I, Supplement area 1, Item 20. If ‘N’ is entered, the FCC wi ll not initiate coordination procedures with Canada and your of operation will be excluded from these border areas. Appendix I in FCC 601 Main Form Instructions c o n t a i n s a l i n k t o c u r r e n t a g r e e m e n t s various within the w i t h C a n a d a b y f r e q u e n c y , a n d a l s o contains a list o f counties/boroughs, by state, having areas . zones coordination nstructions FCC 601 Schedule I I 8 Page - August 2016

93 Item If the response to Item 4 was ‘O’, enter a description of the area of operation. P.O. Box numbers or geographic coordinates are 21 acceptable for Item 21. The use of Other should only be used if the area of operation cannot be described by using codes P, R, C, not N, or U. Area of operation provided as 'Other' may delay processing of the application. S, vironmental This item Item required for compliance with the National En 22 Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), as amended, 42 U.S.C. 4321 - is See also Part 1, Subpart I of the FCC rules (47 CFR §§ 1.1301 - 1.1319). 4335. Enter if an FCC grant of this application will have a significant environmental effect. Section 1.1307 o f the FCC rules 'Y' categories lists effects for which Applicants must file an environmental environmental assessment. Otherwise enter 'N'. Examples of facilities that of have a significant effect on the environment include: may antenna structure An located i n a residential area (as defined by applicable zoning laws) that will utilize high intensity aviation obstruction lighting wilderness in an officially A designated facility located area, wildlife preserve, or floodplain A facility that affects a site sign ificant in American history A facility whose construction involves extensive changes in surface features radiation operations, or transmitters that would cause human exposure to Facilities, of radio frequency in excess of the levels limits detailed in § as of the Commission’s rules. 1.1310 Item 23a Applicants filing for a new or modified fixed station located in one of the Quiet Zone areas listed below must notify the proper authority indicate the date such notification was sent in Item 23a. and Those app lications who are proposing to modify other technical parameters (including, but not limited to frequency, power, antenna authorized height, etc.) of their system operations where the station is currently to operate within the quiet zone area, must also no tify notification the proper authority and indicate the date such was sent in Item 23a. See 1, Subpart F of the FCC Part Rules (47 CFR 1.924) Item 23b If the Applicant has obtained prior written consent from the Quiet Zone entity for the technical paramet ers specified in the application, enter “Y” and include a copy of the consent as a Quiet Zone Consent attachment. If prior written consent has not been obtained, enter “N”. Quiet Zone areas: within located quiet zone is 2. National Radio Astronomy Observatory, Green Bank, Pocohontas Cou nty, West Virginia. The Virginia, West Virginia, and Garrett County, Maryland and bounded by N 39 degrees 15’ 0.4” on the north, W 78 degrees 29’ 59.0” on the east, N 37 degrees 30’ 0.4” on the south, and W 80 degrees 29’ 59.2” on the west. Contact the Director, 24944. National Radio Astronomy Observatory, P. O. Box 2, Green Bank, WV of 3. Arecibo Observatory, Puerto Rico. The quiet zone consists the Puerto Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques, and Culebra islands. Contact the Interferen ce Office, Arecibo Observatory, Post Office Box 53995, Arecibo, Puerto Rico 00612, or electronically at [email protected] . ‘N’. enter Item 24 (Not applicable at this time) Enter ‘Y’ if you propose to operate in a Mexican border ar ea. Otherwise, Examples: Structure Figure Antenna nstructions FCC 601 Schedule I I 9 Page - August 2016

94 Instructions Schedule I Supplement 2 - Path Data for must be completed only when a transmission path is to be added, modified, or deleted. For purposes of filing this This Supplement a ‘path’ is defined as the transmitting antennas (along with their height, orientation, and polarization); the final receiver (if ap plication, of associated passive repeaters. File as many copies and Supplement 4 (Frequency Data) as necessary to describe all any present) associated with each transmission path. Transmission paths frequencies are linked on Supplement 2 and Supplement and transmitters by Item 2, path number, located respectively on each supplement (see Important Information Regarding Location and 4 Path Numbers 1 of Schedule I instructions). on page or must be completed for each transmission path added, modified, 2 deleted. If you are adding a new transmission path, A Supplement a Supplement 2 for each transmission path to be added, an d a Supplement 4 (Frequency Data) for all transmitters and complete on the new path. If you are modifying a transmission path, in addition to Items 1 through 3, complete only the items that frequencies for each transmission path. If you are deleting a changed path, only Items 1 through 3 are required. Transmission have transmission that are currently licensed under this call sign by the paths FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested in this Supplement. Note: a path is deleted, the transmitter and frequency data that is linked to the path will automatically be deleted and will If your longer part of be authorization. no to Table 2 on pages 17 & 18 of Schedule I instructions for assistance in filling out Su pplements 2 and 4. Table 2 indicates the Refer and their values that are applicable for various path types. For Permanent Fixed Point - to - Point paths, enter the actual value used fields each item on Supplement 2, or leave blank if not applicable. for L ocation Transmit This section identifies the transmit location and path number of the transmission paths. Transmit location information is entered on in of Schedule I. Path information is entered the remaining sections of Supplement 2. Supplement 1 1 Enter the transmit location name as entered in Item 5 of Supplement 1. Item FCC 2 Enter the path number. If Item path has been previously licensed under this call sign by the Commission, enter its - assigned the path number (see Important Information Regarding Locatio n and Path Numbers on 1 of Schedule I instructions). If you are adding page a new path to the transmit location as part of this filing, assign a code to represent the path. Number each new path consecutively, beginning assigned path number with ‘P’ t o indicate it is a path and each end with a number to uniquely identify it ( e.g. , P1, P2, P3, etc.). A single transmitter can have multiple paths. Path numbers need only be unique for each transmitting antenna and final receiver to (if The FCC will as sign an official number present). the new path, which will appear on the Authorization. item Item 3 This indicates the action the Applicant wants the FCC to take on the path specified in Item 2. Enter only one action per copy Supplement 2. Enter ‘A’ to Add a New Path, ‘M’ to Modify an Existing Path, or ‘D’ to Delete an Existing Path. of If is entered, complete all remaining items on this supplement (Items 4 through 32). Also complete as many copies of Supplement 4 ‘A’ with Data) as necessary to describe a ll transmitters and frequencies associated the new path. If ‘M’ is entered, in addition (Frequency completing Items 1 through 3, complete only those Items of 4 through 32 that are being modified (enter new to only). If the data modification also affects transmi tters or frequencies, also complete as many copies of Supplement 4 as necessary to describe the frequency modifications (enter new data only). Modification of a transmitter path will affect all parameters of that path. If ‘D’ or is entered, only complete I tems 1 through 3. Deletion of a path will delete the entire path, including all frequencies. Note: To add one path and modify another, complete two Supplement 2 forms. Item 4a This item is to be completed for MAS (Multiple Address System) and DEMS (Digi tal Electronic Message Service) stations only, in Item 3 on main Schedule I. This item further classifies various as MAS and DEMS operations. Enter the sub - type of entered operation the path. Enter only one sub - type of operation code for each codes pat h. for - way MAS Master - Fixed Two or DEMS Nodal - User Remote Normal fixed MAS master - remote or DEMS nodal - user two - way operation, with single fixed master/nodal, located at the stated in Items 7 and 8 of Supplement 1, coordinates transmitting to MAS remotes or D EMS users, and remotes/ users transmitting back to master/nodal. Two of Supplement 2 must be filed for this sub - type, one for the master/nodal - to - - remotes/user and one for the remotes/user - to path, master/nodal path. Fixed One - way Outbound MAS Master A f ixed MAS master, only located at the coordinates stated in Items 7 and 8 of Supplement 1, transmitting to receive - remote - to - master the path. remotes. Only one Supplement 2 must be filed for this sub - type for nstructions FCC 601 Schedule I I 10 Page - August 2016

95 Fixed One - Inbound MAS Master way trans to a receive - only fixed master, located at the coordinates stated in Items 7 and 8 of Supplement Remotes mitting type Only Supplement 2 must be filed for this sub - one for the remote - to - user path. 1. Two - way MAS Master - Remote or DEMS Nodal - User (DEMS only permitted under waiver) Multiple MAS masters or nodals at unspecified locations within an area around the coordinates stated in Items 7 and Multiple DEMS Supplement 1, transmitting to multiple receive - of MAS remotes or DEMS users and remotes/users tr ansmitting 8 only to multiple masters/nodals. Two of Supplement 2 must be filed for this sub - type, back one for the master/nodal - to - remote/ user path, and one for the remote/user - to - master/nodal path. Multiple - way Outbound MAS Master One MAS masters at unspecified locations within an around the coordinates stated in Items 7 and 8 of Supplement 1. Multiple area one Supplement 2 must be filed for this sub - type for the master - to - remote path. Only Master (Mobile - only) Mobile MAS master(s) at unspecified loca tions within an area described in items 7, 8, and 17 of Supplement Mobile 1. A path code should not be filed for this subtype (see Note in 4b). Item MAS Master (Non Mobile Mobile - only) - Mobile master(s) added to the authorization of an existing MAS station and a ssociated with the fixed location of that existing MAS A path code should not be filed for this subtype (see the Note in Item 4b). station. MAS, sub - types of operation Fixed Two - way MAS For Master - Remote, Fixed One - way Outbound MAS Master, and Notes: ed One - way Inbound MAS Master, each must be licensed separately from each other. Do not enter these Fix - sub types of operation together on the same license. Multiple Two - way MAS Master - Remote, Multiple One - way Outbound operation and Mobile MAS Master sub - t ypes of Master, may be licensed by themselves or in conjunction MAS with any valid MAS sub - type of operation code. A Mobile MAS Master Sub - type can only be used in conjunction with sub - types if they operate on the same frequency. other - DEMS, Fixed Two - w ay For DEMS Nodal - User or Multiple Two way DEMS Nodal - User sub - types of operation may be licensed either by themselves or in combination with each other. operation. 4b Enter the path code (only one for each path) for the MAS/DEMS type of Item See Table 1 on page 16 of Schedule I list instructions for a of path codes. the and Note: within shown predefined Path codes are not collected for following types of operation, as their path codes are the Permanent Fixed Point to Point (PP), Temporary Fix ed/Mobile (MM), Multiple Address System parentheses: 38 18 GHz Low Power (MM), 31 GHz (MM), Mobile GHz (MM). Only (MM), Antenna Transmit 5 and 6 Enter the name Items manufacturer and model number of the transmit antenna. of the Item 7 Enter the height above ground to the center of the final radiating element. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest height tenth. For a parabolic dish antenna, this is the height to the center of the dish. For a periscope antenna system, this is the to the not center of the refle ctor. In all cases, the height should exceed the overall height of the structure with appurtenances. Item 8 Enter the beamwidth (degrees, rounded to one decimal place) of the transmitting antenna. That is, enter the angular distance between half p ower points of the antenna’s main lobe in the horizontal plane. For omnidirectional antennas, enter ‘360’. the an Item Enter the gain of the transmitting antenna over isotropic radiator in dBi, rounded to one decimal place. 9 Items 10 - 12 If a diversity anten na is used, complete Items 10 through 12 with the antenna height above ground level, beamwidth, and for gain the diversity antenna. See instructions for Items 7 through 9. Item 13 For fixed stations only, the elevation angle of the antenna (rounded to the nearest tenth of a degree), measured in enter with a angle), indicate degrees from the horizontal up to the center line of radiation of the antenna. If the antenna tilts down (depression minus sign. nstructions FCC 601 Schedule I I 11 Page - August 2016

96 Item Indicate polarization with the following codes: 14 – V Vertical Horizontal – H - circular R hand – Right Left - hand L circular – Variable - S polarization other than horizontal or vertical, the polarization should be stated in For degrees measured from the vertical, with linear between 1 and +89 deg rees denoting the outgoing electric field vector displacement in the clockwise direction, and angles angles - 1 and - 89 degrees denoting the outgoing electric field vector displacement in the counterclockwise between direction. For a periscope ente r the expected polarization of the signal radiated off the reflector. antenna system, Enter the azimuth, clockwise from True North (degrees, rounded to one decimal place), from the station to the receive Item or to site 15 first passive repeater, if any, on this tran smission path. the a antennas, enter ‘360’. For a directional antenna without omnidirectional fixed azimuth -- as with temporary, mobile, Multiple For Remote, or Digital Electronic Message stations -- enter 999. Address Enter the height and width of the periscope reflector, if used. 16 Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth. Item 17 Enter the separation distance between the transmit antenna and the periscope reflector, if used. Enter this item in meters, Item the nearest tenth. rounded to 18 If the final receiver is located outside of the United States, enter the name of the country and attach an exhibit explaining the Item circumstances. 19 If this path includes a passive repeater, enter ‘Y’. Supplement 3 requests information about p assive repeaters. If none, enter Item ‘N’. 20 If the application proposes installation or reorientation of a transmitting antenna that aims within 2 degrees of the Geostationary Item 5925 Satellite EIRP greater than 65 dBm on a frequency in the Arc - 7075 MHz band or aims within 1.5 degrees of the with Geostationary Satellite Arc with EIRP greater than 75 dBm on a frequency in the 12700 - 13250 MHz band, enter “Y” and submit, as an exhibit, justification for waiver. Otherwise, enter ‘N’. a to Items 20 a, b and c Answers are only required if the answer to question 20 is ‘Y’, otherwise skip to question 21. Item 20a Enter the angular separation between the main transmit beam for this path and the geostationary satellite arc to the nearest avoided tenth of a degree. Metho ds for calculating the azimuths to be may be found in CCIR Report No. 393 (Green Books), New S. Delhi, 1970; in ‘‘Radio - Relay Antenna Pointing for controlled Interference With Geostationary - Satellites’’ by C. W. Lundgren and A. May, System Tec hnical Journal, Vol. 48, No. 10, pp. 3387 – 3422, December 1969; and in ‘‘Geostationary Orbit Avoidance Bell by Richard G. Gould, Common Carrier Bureau Report CC – 7201, FCC, Washington, DC, 1972. This latter report is Computer Program’’ the Natio nal Technical Information Service, U.S. Department through Commerce, Springfield, VA 22151, in printed form available of – 211 500) or source card deck (PB – 211 501). Include a copy of the (PB calculations in the waiver exhibit. orbital If the Applicant has examined and exhausted all other alternatives to the proposed path, including the use of other sites Item 20b and other if appropriate then enter ‘Y’. If not enter ‘N’. frequency bands either case include an explanation in the waiver exhibit. In Item 20c If the Applicant certifies that the proposed operation will not cause interference to an existing satellite system, enter ‘Y’. Otherwise ‘N’. enter Receiver Final 21 Enter the receiver location name as entered in Supplement 1, Item 5 of this application for the st ation at the far end of the Item transmission path. For a receive only station, enter a name that relates to its location. For example, the name of a city, town, or geographic may be used. feature 22 and 23 Enter the name Items the manufacturer and model nu mber of the receiving antenna. of Item 24 the call sign of the station at the far end of the transmission path. This is the station that will receive the transmissions of Enter leave station, new blank. this item this path on the frequencies entered in Item 4 and 5 of Supplement 4. For a rece ive - only station or a nstructions FCC 601 Schedule I I 12 Page - August 2016

97 Item 25 Enter the height above ground level to the center of the receiving antenna. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest For parabolic dish antenna, this is the height to the center of the dish. For a periscope antenna system, this is the height to the tenth. a reflector. of its center Enter the beamwidth (degrees, rounded to one decimal place) of the receiving antenna. That is, enter the Item angular distance 26 the half power points of the antenna’s major lobe in the plane. For omnidirectional antennas, enter ‘360’. between horizontal 27 Enter the gain of the receiving antenna over an isotropic radiator in dBi, rounded to one decimal place. Item Enter the height above Item ground level to the center of the diversity receiving antenna. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the 28 of tenth. a parabolic dish antenna, this is the height to the center For the dish. For a periscope antenna system, this is the nearest to the center o f its reflector. height Enter the beamwidth Item (degrees, rounded to one decimal place) of the diversity receiving antenna. That is, enter the angular 29 between the half power points of the antenna’s major lobe in the horizontal plane. For omnidirecti onal antennas, enter ‘360’. distance 30 Enter the gain Item of the diversity receiving antenna over an isotropic radiator in dBi, rounded to one decimal place. 31 Enter the height and width of the receiving periscope reflector, if used. Enter this item in m eters, rounded to the nearest tenth. Item Enter the separation distance between the receive antenna and the periscope reflector, if used. Enter Item this item in meters, 32 tenth. to nearest the rounded for Schedule I Supplement 3 - Passive Repe aters (PR) Instructions be Supplement must be completed only when a passive repeater is to added, modified, or deleted. Each transmission path may This one or more passive repeaters. Each Supplement 3 describes one passive repeater. If you have more than one pas sive have repeater, submit an additional Supplement 3 for each. If you are adding a new passive repeater, complete a Supplement 3 for each to be added. If you are modifying an existing passive repeater, in addition to Items 1 through 5, complet e only the passive repeater that have changed for each passive repeater. If you are deleting a passive repeater, only items 1 through 5 are required. Items Passive repeaters that are currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Autho rization as is, unless a specific action is requested in Supplement. this Transmit Location This section identifies the transmit location and path numbers on which the passive repeater is located. Transmit location information is entered Supplement 1 of Schedule I. Path information is entered on Supplement 2 of Schedule I. on Item 1 Enter the transmit location name as entered in Item 5 of Supplement 1. Item 2 Enter the path number on which the passive repeater is located, as entered on Supplement 2, I tem 2. 3 This item indicates the action the Applicant wants the FCC Item take on the specified passive repeater. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for to Modify, or ‘D’ for Delete. Enter only one action per copy of Supplement 3. To add one passive repeater and modi fy another, complete two Supplement 3 forms. one Supplement 2, Path Data, must be filed if you add or modify a passive repeater. Deletion of a path (Supplement 2) will At least the entire path, including all passive repeaters on that path. delete Passive Repeater Information 4 If the passive repeater has been previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter its Item - assigned passive repeater FCC identification number (see Important Information Regarding Location and Path Numbers on page 1 of Sch edule I instructions). Item 5 The passive repeater sequence number is used to identify the sequence of passive repeaters on a specific path (see Important Information Location and Path Numbers on page 1 of Schedule I instructions). Passive Repea ter Sequence #1 would Regarding #2 receive signal from the transmitter and Passive Repeater Sequence the would receive the signal from Passive Repeater Sequence #1, and so forth. For a new passive repeater, or to reassign the sequence number of an existing passive r epeater, enter the new passive sequence number. repeater If a passive repeater sequence is reassigned, Note: a Supplement 3 must be completed and attached for every passive repeater on the path that is being assigned a new passive repeater sequence number . name 6 Enter the passive repeater location Item as entered on Supplement 1, Item 5. antenna. repeater passive the of Items 7 and 8 Enter the name of the manufacturer and model number nstructions FCC 601 Schedule I I 13 Page - August 2016

98 Item Enter the height above ground level to the center of the refl ector or back - to - back dishes. Enter this item in meters, rounded to 9 nearest the tenth. (TX) 11 For back - to - back dishes, enter the gain of the receiving (RX) and transmitting and antennas, over an isotropic radiator 10 Items dBi, rounded to one place. in decimal 12 Enter the height and width of the periscope reflector, if used. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth. Item Indicate polarization with the Item codes: following 13 - V Vertical Horizontal - H - hand R circular Right - L t - hand circular - Lef Variable - S linear polarization other than horizontal or vertical, the polarization should For stated in degrees measured from the vertical, with be 0 and +89 degrees denoting the outgoing electric between vector displacement in the clockwise direction, and angles angles field 0 and - 89 degrees denoting the outgoing electric field vector displacement in the counterclockwise direction. For a periscope between signal enter the expected polarization of the radiated off the ref lector. antenna system, 14 Enter the azimuth, clockwise from True North (degrees, rounded to one decimal place), from this passive repeater to the Item site or to the next passive repeater, if any, on this transmission path. receive Schedule I Supplemen t 4 for - Frequency Data Instructions the application purpose indicated on the FCC 601 Main Form is New, file as many Supplement 4's (Frequency Data) as necessary to If transmitters describe and frequencies associated with each transmission path represented by a Suppl ement 2 (Path Data). all the for each transmission path must be Frequency listed on a separate Supplement 4 (refer to data instructions on Supplement 2 for information about entering and assigning and path numbers). paths If the application purpose indicated on the FCC 601 Main Form is Amendment, Modification, or Renewal/Modification, complete as many 4's (Frequency Data) as necessary to describe all frequency data being amended, added, modified, or deleted. Supplement frequency data for each transmission path must be listed on Transmitters a separate Supplement 4. If the proposed amendment or and modification does not affect any transmitter or frequency data, it is not necessary to complete Supplement 4. Similarly, if the proposed not amendment or modification cha nges transmitter or frequency data but does affect any transmit path data, it is not necessary to 2. complete Supplement Note: Deletion of a path using Supplement 2 (Path Data) will delete the entire path, including all the transmitters and Data) s that path. Modification of a path using Supplement 2 (Path on will affect all transmitters and frequencie with that path. frequencies associated to Table 2 on pages 17 & 18 of these instructions for assistance in filling out Supplement 4. Table 2 indic ates the fields and their Refer that are applicable for various path types. values Transmitter Location Information identifies the transmit location and path for This listed section transmitters and frequency data. Transmit location information is the on Supplement 1 of Schedule entered I. Path data information is entered on Supplement 2 of Schedule I. Enter the transmit location name Item 1 entered in Item 5 of Supplement 1. as Item Enter the path number, as entered in Item 2 of the corresponding Supplem ent 2 (Path Data). Paths are defined in the 2 Supplement 2. Refer to those instructions for information instructions about entering and assigning path numbers. for Information Frequency section must be completed only when frequencies or transmitter s This are to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding new frequencies, complete all items in this section for each frequency to be added. If you are modifying a frequency ( i.e. , changing from one frequency to a different operating frequency) , enter the existing operating and new frequencies in the appropriate boxes in Items 4 5. If you are modifying attributes of existing frequencies, in addition to Items 3, 4, and 5 (if applicable), complete only the items that and required. are applicable) (if 5 have changed for each listed frequen cy. If you are deleting a frequency, only Items 3, 4, and nstructions FCC 601 Schedule I I 14 Page - August 2016

99 Frequencies are currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a that action requested in this section. specific is item indicates the action the Applicant wants the FCC to take This on the specified frequency(ies). Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for 3 Item ‘D’ for Delete. Modify, or 4 and 5 Enter one frequency or one frequency band per line ( e.g. 952 .00625 or 1990 - 2110, as listed in the rules). Enter Items , MHz. To request more than 4 frequencies or frequency bands on a given path, file multiple copies of Supplement 4. frequencies in frequencies on a path, enter the specific frequencies in Megahertz (MHz) in the box labeled ‘New’ in Item 4. If applying for a To add show 5. the lower and upper frequencies in the box labeled ‘New’ in Items 4 and frequency band, a frequency or frequency band on a path, enter the To existing frequency or frequency band in Items 4 modify and 5 labeled ‘Existing’ the new frequency or frequency band in Items enter 4 and 5 labeled ‘New’. and For Subfrequency operation of a Multiple Address System (MAS) (as entered in Item 3 on Schedule I), enter only the Note: center fr equency of the 12.5 kHz or 25.0 kHz MAS channel requested, and explain the details of assignable use on a supplemental showing. For multiple contiguous 6 MHz channels in the 18142 - 18580 MHz subfrequency enter the frequency band spanning from 3 MHz below the cen ter frequency of the lowest assignable channel to band, MHz above the center frequency of the highest assignable channel of each contiguous band of channels (e.g., if all 3 channels enter desired, 18142 - 18580). 73 are Broadcast Auxiliary applications, specify the Note: requested channel by For its center frequency for single channel operation or the specific frequency bands for band - wide operation. (For example, an application for an STL station operating in the 6875 - specify band should list 6887.5 MHz for 7125 the first channel, while a TV Pickup could list 6875 - 7125 if requesting authority for all 10 MHz channels.) 6 Enter the tolerance or frequency stability (in percent) of the transmitter under the conditions in which it will be operated. Item same s is the Normally, as the type accepted/notification value. thi 7 Enter the Effective Isotropic Item Radiated Power (EIRP), in dBm rounded to one decimal place, radiated off the transmitting antenna. For a periscope antenna system, this is the anticipated EIRP rad iated off its reflector. If Automatic Transmitter Power Control enter transmitters used, specify the maximum EIRP. Do not the coordinated or nominal transmit power. are Item 8 Enter the full emission designator of the transmitter, composed of its necessa ry bandwidth and emission type. (See Sections on 2.201 2.202 for further information and emission and bandwidth designation.) Note: In order to an Emission Designator (Item 8), and its associated Baseband Digital Rate (Item 9) and Digital modify Modulation Typ e (Item 10), complete Items 3, 4, and if necessary, 5. Provide all existing and all new emission designators will be in use for the frequency shown in Items 4 and 5, for which you intend to be licensed. If that type provide the associated baseba nd digital rate and for each emission designator. Do not provide necessary, also designators that are no longer to be used. Emission designators not listed will be deleted from the listed emission frequency. For Subfrequency operation of a Multiple Address Sys tem (MAS) (as entered in Item 3 on Schedule I), enter an Note: comprising emission designator assignable the full assignable channel bandwidth and the subfrequency channel emission an additional emission designator for each type, emission actually used on su bfrequencies within the and assignable channel (e.g., for a 1K20D1D emission operating on a subfrequency of an assignable 12.5 kHz MAS channel, 12K5D1D and 1K20D1D), and explain the details of subfrequency use on a supplemental showing. enter be cont iguous 6 MHz channels in the 18142 - For MHz band, enter all emission designators to multiple used on 18580 any of the 6 MHz channels in the band, regardless of specific frequency/emission block plans. Item 9 For digital systems, enter the baseband digital rate in kb ps (kilobits per second). Item 10 For digital systems, enter the digital modulation type. Enter Item 11 transmitter manufacturer. the Item 12 Enter the transmitter model number. 13 Automatic Transmitter Power Control (ATPC) is a feature Item that autom atically adjusts transmitter output power based on path indicate to ‘N’ ATPC. of use fading detected at the far - end receivers. Enter ‘Y’ or nstructions FCC 601 Schedule I I 15 Page - August 2016

100 Table Type of Operation Codes/Station Classes/Transmit Location Types/Path Codes 1 - Type Path Description Type Path y pe of T Radio Statio n Sub - Transmit Operation Services* Code Class Location of T y pe Code Operation FXO Fixed N/A Permanent Fixed Point - to - Point N/A PP F CF, BAF, OFS, CT FXO Fixed FT Fixed Two - way Master - Remote Master to Remote MR OFS M OFS Remote to RM Master M FXO Fixed FO Fixed One - way Outbound Master Master to Remote MR OFS M Fixed FI Fixed One - way Inbound Master Remote to Master RM FXO OFS M MO Area MM Mobile - only) Mobile MM OFS (mobile M FXO Fixed MM Mobile Master (with other MAS types) Mobile MM OFS Master M FXO Fixed MT Multiple Two - way - Remote Master to Remote MR OFS Remote OFS to Master RM Master M Fixed MO Multiple One - way Outbound Master to Remote MR OFS FXO FXO Fixed FD Fixed Two - way Nodal - User Nodal to User NU CE, PE D User to Nodal UN CE, PE D FXO Fixed MD Multiple Two - way Nodal - User Nodal to User NU CE, PE to Nodal User UN CE, PE T FX5 Area N/A Temporary Fixed N/A MM OFS, CF, CT, TP T Area N/A Mobile N/A MM OFS, CF, CT, TP MO T Area N/A Temporary Fixed /Mobile N/A MO5 MM OFS, CF, CT, TP 18 FXO Area N/A 18 GHz Low Power N/A MM OFS GHZ 31 Area N/A 31 FXO N/A MM OFS 38 FXO Area N/A 38 GHz N/A MM OFS, CF *Radio Service WM OFS = MW, MG, WR, WA, AB TI, TB, TT, AS, AI, TS, = BAF nstructions FCC 601 Schedule I I 16 Page - August 2016

101 Table 2 Path Codes - = ired items Requ * Optional items, based on your - system = particular AND ITEM PATH SUPPLEMENT CODE 2 - Path Data MR or NU RM or UN MM Supplement Antenna Enter Manufacturer* the Typical Value Enter the Typical Value 5) except Actual Value: the Enter paths for Sub - or MAS DEMS of Operation Multiple Tw o - Type way Master - Remote/Nodal - User way - Outbound One Multiple and Typical Value the enter Master, Antenna Model Number* the Typical Value Enter Enter the Typical Value 6) Actual Value: Enter the except - DEMS Sub paths for MAS or Operation Multiple Two of Type - Remote/Nodal - User way Master - Outbound way - One Multiple and Typical Value Master, enter the 7) Height to Center of Antenna* meters 6.1 Enter meters 6.1 Enter Enter the Actual Value: except DEMS Sub - paths for MAS or of le Two - Multip Type Operation - Master way User - Remote/Nodal One - way Outbound and Multiple meters 6.1 Master, enter 8) Beamwidth* 360 degrees Enter the Typical Value Enter the Typical Value 9) Gain* Enter the Actual Value Enter Antenna the Typi cal Value Enter the Typical Value 10) Diversity Antenna Height N/A N/A N/A N/A 11) Diversity Beamwidth N/A N/A N/A 12) Diversity Antenna Gain N/A N/A 13) (Tilt) Angle N/A N/A N/A Elevation Polarization* Enter the Actual Value Enter the Actual Valu e Enter the Actual Value 14) Azimuth* Enter 360 degrees 15) 999: except if beamwidth = Enter = beamwidth if 999: except Enter degrees, then 360 = azimuth degrees, then 360 360 azimuth = 360 degrees degrees Periscope Dimensions - Hgt/Width N/A 16) N/A N/A 17) Periscope Separation N/A N/A N/A US? receiver located outside Is final 18) - - - Passive Repeater on Path? N/A N/A N/A 19) 20) ARC? N/A N/A N/A Geostationary Location 21) Name N/A N/A Receiver > N/A – Except for Broadcast Auxiliary TV Pickup Receive lo location receive cations, enter name. Receiver Antenna Manufacturer* Enter the Typical Value Enter the Actual Value: except 22) – ical Value Typ > Enter the Broadcast Auxiliary for Except paths for MAS or DEMS Sub - Two Multiple Operation of - Type TV Pickup Receive locations, the enter way Master - Remote/Nodal - User, actual value. Typical Value enter the Enter Receiver Antenna Model Number* the Typical Value 23) the Actual Value: except – Typical Value the Enter > Enter - Sub Broadcast Auxiliary for Except DEMS or MAS paths for Pickup TV Type of Operation Multiple Two - locations, Receive - actual value. the User, - Remote/Nodal enter r Maste way Typical Value enter the N/A Call Sign Receiver N/A N/A 24) nstructions FCC 601 Schedule I I 17 Page - August 2016

102 Table 2 Path Codes (continued) - CO ITEM PATH AND DE SUPPLEMENT 2 - Path Data MR or NU RM or UN MM Supplement Height 6.1 to Center of Rx Antenna* Enter meters 25) the Actual Value: except Except for – rs mete Enter 6.1 > Enter Pickup TV Broadcast Auxiliary paths for MAS or DEMS Sub - Type of Operation way - Two Multiple Receive locations, enter the - User, enter Remote/Nodal - Master actual value. meters 6.1 26) Rx Antenna Beamwidth* Enter the Typical Value Enter 360 degrees Enter the Typical Value Antenna 27) Rx Gain* Enter the Typical Value Enter the Actual Value Enter the Typical Value 28) Rx Antenna Height Diversity N/A N/A N/A Diversity Rx Antenna Beamwidth N/A N/A N/A 29) N/A 30) Diversity Rx Antenna Gain N/A N/A N/A 31) Periscope Dimensions RX N/A N/A 32) RX Periscope Separation N/A N/A N/A Supplement 4 - Frequency Data MR or NU RM or UN MM the Enter the Actual Value Enter Actual Value Highest Used Value Tolerance* 6) Enter Highest Used Enter Value Highest Used Enter Value Highest Used EIRP 7) Value Enter 1 Enter Actual Value the Enter Actual Value the Highest Used Value Enter Designator* Emission 8) Enter the Typical Value Enter the Manufacturer* Transmitter Typical Value 11) Enter the Actual Va lue: except paths Type of for MAS or DEMS Sub - Master Multiple - way - Operation Two Remote/Nodal - and Multiple User enter Outbound way Master, One - the Typical Value Transmitter 12) Model Number* the Typical Value Enter the Typical Value Enter except Value: Actual the Enter Multiple way Master - Remote, - Two Typical Value the enter Tx Power Control Actual Value the Actual Value Enter 13) the the Enter Automatic Actual Value Enter 1 Mobile Type - and MAS Operation of Type for Designators Emission For most and bandwidths widest the Sup with those Master, requests, - to designators emission such 4 than more enter not do wide band for values; used highest the are types emission general isfy requirement. sat this nstructions FCC 601 Schedule I I 18 Page - August 2016

103 Technical Data Schedule for the FCC 601 by OMB Approved I Fixed Microwave and Microwave Broadcast Auxiliary Services 3060 - Schedule 0798 101 and 74) See Main Form Instructions (Parts 601 public burden estimate for ive Administrat Information a Is application being filed as part of this pack? ( ) Y es/ N o 1) If (required answer to Item 1 is ‘Yes’, enter the pack identification number 2a) if the pack identification number the has already been assigned by the FCC): 2b) Pack Name : Class Station 4) : to instructions) Check One Only: DEMS only: SMSA: 5) 3) Type of Operation (refer )Permanent )18 Low Power ( GHz Fixed Point to Point ( GHz ( )Multiple Address System (MAS) ( )31 GHz ( )Temporary Fixed/Mobile ( )38 )Digital Electronic ( (DEMS) Service Message 6) If this request is for a Modification, Renewal/Modification, or Amendment of a currently pending application, does it, ( ) Y es/ N o last the since along with all minor Modification or Amendment requests filed or since you applied for a new a uthorization major was granted by the Commission, produce a cumulative effect that would equal or exceed the criteria for a major action filing? application? Has frequency 7) been completed for this ( ) Y es/ N o coordination Frequency Coordinator Information Complete Items 8 through 11 if not self - coordinated 8) 9) 10) 11) Frequency Name of Frequency Coordinator Date Telephone Number Coordination Number Coordination Broadcast Auxiliary Only 12c) 12b) 12a) there an is If associated C Parent of Radio of Parent Station: Id Facility Service ity and State of Parent Station Principal Community: Parent Station, provide: Station: of State 13) Primary Operation: Network Entity there is no associated parent station, Applicant certifies that it is a Broadcast If d completes an 13. Item Control Point (Technical Point of Contact) 16) 15) 14) Action Location Telephone M Number / A Town, County/Borough/Parish, State Street Address, City or FCC 601 Schedule I August 2016 1 Page -

104 FCC 601 I Schedule Data Location 1 Supplement Action Requested: ( ) A dd 1) M od D el 2) Location Number : Location 3) : 4) Area of Operation Code : 5) Location Name : Description FCC Antenna Structure Registration Number, FCC 854 File Number or N/A: 6) Latitude (DD - MM - SS.S): NAD83 NAD83 7) : ) SS.S - 8) Longitude (DDD - MM S or N ) ( ) E or W ( Street Address, Name of Landing Area, or Other Location Description: 9) 12) 11) State : County/Borough/Parish: City: 10) Elevation of Site AMSL (meters) 13) With Overall Ht AGL Without Ht AGL 14) Overall 15) in antenna structure example) : (‘a’ (meters) ances Appurten Appurtenances (meters) : structure antenna in (‘b’ (‘c’ in antenna example) example) : structure 16) Support Structure Type: 17) Radius (km) : 18) Maximum Latitude (DD - MM - SS.S): NAD83 - 19) Maximum Longitude (DDD - MM SS.S) : NAD83 N or S Use for rectangle only (Nort hwest corner) ( ) Use for rectangle only (Northwest corner) ( ) E or W 20) Do you propose to operate in an area that requires frequency coordination with Canada? ( ) Y es N o of (only f or Area Description: Operation Code ‘O’) 21) Would Commission grant of Authorization for this location be 22) action which may have a significant ( ) Y es N o an environmental effect? See Section of 47 CFR. 1.1307 If 'Yes', submit an environmental assessment as require d by 47 CFR, Sections 1.1308 and 1.1311. 23a) the site is located in one of the Quiet Zones listed in Item If 23b of the Instructions, provide the date (mm/dd/yyyy) that the proper Quiet Zone entity was notified: / / the Has the Applicant obtained pri or written consent from the proper Quiet Zone entity for 23b) same technical parameters that are specified in this es application? ( ) Y N o o N es Y ) 24) Do you propose to operate in an area that requires frequency coordination with Mexico? ( FCC 601 Schedule I August 2016 2 Page -

105 FCC 601 Schedule I Supplement 2 Path Data Transmit Location Transmit location 1) name: 2) Path number: Action 3) Requested: ( ) A dd New Path M odify Existing Path D elete Existing Path For MAS or DEMS only, MAS or DEMS Sub - Type of Operation (Enter only one per 4a) path) 4b) Path code (Enter : onl y one per : path) or MAS DEMS MAS way way Two )Multiple ( - - Two )Fixed ( ) ( Remote to Master - Master - Remote/Nodal - Us User - Remote/Nodal Master er ) Remote Master ( to MAS ONLY DEMS Master Outbound way - One )Fixed ( - Outbou One )Multiple ( way User to )Nodal ( Master nd ( Nodal to )User ( )Fixed One - way Inbound Master Master ( )Mobile Transmit Antenna Antenna Manufacturer : 5) Antenna Model Number : 6) 7) Height to Center of Antenna AGL (meters) : 8) Beamwidth (degre es) : 9) Antenna Gain (dBi) : 10) Diversity Antenna Height AGL (meters) : 11) Diversity Beamwidth (degrees) : 12) Diversity Antenna Gain (dBi) : 13) Elevation (Tilt) Angle (degrees) : 14) Polarization : 15) Azimuth to RX Location or Passive Repeater (deg rees) : 16) Periscope Reflector Dimensions (meters) : Reflector Periscope 17) Separation (meters): Width : Height: the 18) If the final receiver is located outside of the United States, enter and country in the space provided attach an exhibit explaining circumstances. 19) Does this path include passive repeater? ( ) Y es N o band this filing add or modify emanations in the 5925 - 7075 MHz pointing within 2 degrees of the Geostationary ( ) Y es N o 20) Does Arc with EIRP greater than 65 dBm, or in the 12700 - 13250 MHz band pointing within 1.5 Satellite of the degrees Geostationary Satellite Arc with EIRP greater than 75 dBm?? and the following questions below ‘Yes’, answer attach waiver request explaining circumstances. If Angular Separation betw een 20a) beam and Geostationary Satellite Arc (degrees). Include Orbital Calculations in the wavier exhibit. main 20b) Does the Applicant certify that there is no alternative to the proposed transmission path? ( ) Y es N o 20c) the Applicant certify th at the proposed operation will not cause interference to an authorized satellite system? ( ) Y es Does N o Receiver Final Receiver 21) Name: Location Receiver 22) manufacturer: 23) Receiver antenna model number: antenna 24) Receiver Call Sign: (degrees): 26) RX Antenna Beamwidth (dBi): 27) RX Antenna Gain Center of RX Antenna AGL 25) Heig ht to (meters): (dBi): Gain Antenna RX Diversity 30) 29) RX Diversity 28) Antenna Beamwidth Height AGL Antenna RX Diversity (degrees): (meters): (meters): Separation Reflector Periscope RX 32) Reflector Dimensions e (meters): Periscop RX 31) Height: Width: FCC 601 Schedule I August 2016 3 Page -

106 FCC 601 I Passive Repeaters (PR) Schedule Supplement 3 Transmit Location 1) Number: Path Transmit Location Name: 2) Existing elete Passive 3) Action Requested: ( ) A dd New Passive Repeater M odify Existing Passive Repeater Repeater D Passive Repeater Information 4) Passive Repeater Id: ( ) ) 5) Passive ( Number: Sequence peater Re Location Passive 6) Name: Repeater 7) Number: Model Antenna Repeater Passive Manufacturer: Antenna Repeater Passive 8) TX Dish Gain (dBi) : 10) Back - to - Back RX Dish Gain (dBi) : 11) Back - to - Back Center Repeater of Passive 9) to Height (meters) : AGL Antenna Transmit Polarization : 13) Dimensions to Azimuth (meters): RX Reflector 12) 14) Location or Next Passive Repeater: : Width : Height FCC 601 Schedule I 4 Page - August 2016

107 601 FCC Schedule I Supplement 4 Frequency Data Transmitter Location Information 1) Path 2) Transmit Location Name: Number: Information quency Fre 9) 4) 10) 5) 8) 6) Action 7) 3) Baseband Digital Tolerance or Lower Upper Emission Center A/M/D EIRP Digital Rate Frequency Designator Modulation (%) Frequency (dBm) (MHZ) (MHZ) (kbps) Type Existing (if mod) New 11) 12) 13) Automatic Model Manufacturer ansmitter Tr Transmitter Transmitter Power Control 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) Action 5) 3) 4) Center Tolerance EIRP Emission Baseband Upper Digital or Lower A/M/D (dBm) Designator Digita l Rate Modulation Frequency Frequency (%) Type (MHz) (MHz) (kbps) Existing (if mod) New 13) 12) 11) Transmitter Automatic Transmitter Model Manufacturer Transmitter Power Control 3) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 4) Action 5) er Tolerance EIRP Emission Center Baseband Digital A/M/D Lower Upp or Digital Rate Modulation Designator (dBm) Frequency Frequency (%) Type (MHz) (MHz) (kbps) Existing (if mod) New 11) 12) 13) Manufacturer Transmitter Model Transmitter Automatic smitter Tran Control Power 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 3) Action or Upper Tolerance EIRP Emission Baseband Digital Lower A/M/D Center (dBm) Modulation Designator Digital Rate Frequency Frequency (%) Type (kbps) (MHz) (MHz) mod) Existing (if New 13) 12) 11) Model Transmitter Manufacturer Transmitter Automatic Transmitter Power Control FCC 601 Schedule I August 2016 5 Page -

108 FCC FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION Approved by OMB 601 J Schedule - 0798 3060 Form Instructions See Main 601 Instructions public burden estimate and Information for for Technical Paging, Rural, Data Schedule the ground (General Aviation), and Air - Services (Part 22) Radiotelephone Offshore FCC 601, Schedule J, Form is a supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Radio Service Authorization: Wireless and/or Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau, FCC Bureau Main Form. This schedule is used to apply Telecommunications 601 an authorization to operate a radio station in the Paging, Rural, Air - ground (General A viation), and Offshore Radiotelephone for defined in 47 CFR, Part 22. It is also used to amend a pending application or modify an existing license in these services. as Services, this schedule is used by auction winners that must file site - specif ic technical data for international coordination or for an Additionally, Form of a particular site. The FCC 601 Main must be filed in conjunction with this schedule. assessment environmental must file technical information for each fixed location, including the an tenna structures and/or each mobile transmit location or each You fixed station location using FCC 601, Schedule D, Schedule for Station Locations and Antenna Structures. Mobile and temporary temporary station locations only apply to Rural Radio (CR), Of fshore (CO), and BETRS (CB) radio services. It is recommended fixed completing you Schedule D prior to complete Schedule J. that INFORMATION REGARDING LOCATION, ANTENNA, AND CONTROL POINT NUMBERS: To identify existing IMPORTANT or control points, you must locations, use the location, antenna, and control point numbers assigned by the Universal antennas, (ULS). These numbers may not be identical to the Licensing location, antenna, and control point numbers on your current System authorization if that authorization was not issued by the Universal Licensing System. If you are unsure of the location, antenna, or control number that corresponds to a particular location, antenna, or control point, point you can query the ULS for the most up - to - date informat ion regarding your authorization. To query the ULS license database for your call sign, point your web browser to (TTY http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls and click on Search - Licenses. Alternatively, you may call (877) 4 80 - 3201 717 - 338 - 2824) for assistance. Schedule J Instructions Control Points new This section must be completed only when a control point is to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding a control point, complete 1 in Items to addition all items in this section for each control point to be added. If you are modifying an existing control point, and complete only the items that have changed for the control point. If you are deleting a control point, only Items 1 and 2 are 2, required. Contro l points that are currently licensed under this call sign by FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, the unless a specific action is requested in this section. ‘D’ 1 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified control point. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or Item for Delete. Item 2 If the control point has been previously licensed under this call sign to the Applicant by the FCC, enter its FCC - assigned control point number (see Important Informatio n Regarding Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page 1 of these instructions). For The a control point, assign a temporary code to represent the control point. new assigned code should begin with C to indicate it is a control point and end wit h a number to uniquely identify it ( e.g ., C1, C2, C3, etc.). The FCC will assign an official number to the new control which will appear point, on the Authorization. Item 3 Enter the street address, city or town, county/borough/parish or equivalent entity , and state of the control point. Refer to FCC 601 valid Main Form Instructions, Appendix II, for a list of state, jurisdiction, and area abbreviations. be station or systems can Item 4 Enter the telephone number, including area code, where a person responsible for operation of th e reached. - FCC 601 Schedule J Instructions August 2016 Page 1 -

109 Antenna Information section This be completed only when antenna information is to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding a new antenna, must all for each antenna to be added. If you are modify ing an items existing antenna, in addition to Items 5, 6, and 7, complete complete the items that have changed for the antenna. If you are deleting an antenna, only Items 5, 6, and only 7 are required. Antennas that are under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is currently licensed in this section. requested 5 This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take Item on the specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’ for te. Dele 6 For each antenna, enter its corresponding location number, as entered on Schedule D Item 2. If the location has been previously Item licensed this call sign by the FCC, enter the FCC - assigned location number (see Important Information Regardin g Location, under to and Control Point Numbers on page 1 of instructions). Otherwise, enter the code assigned on Schedule D represent Antenna, these Refer to the instructions for Schedule D for location. more information on assigning location numbers. the 7 If the antenna has been previously licensed under this call sign by the FCC, enter the antenna’s FCC - assigned number (see Item instructions). Regarding Location, Antenna, and Control Point Numbers on page 1 of these Important Otherwise, enter a Information emporary code to represent each antenna. The assigned code should begin with an A to t indicate it is an antenna and end with a number to uniquely identify it ( e.g. , A1, A2 and A3). A single location can have multiple antennas. Antenna numbers need only be u nique within each location. The FCC will assign an official number to the new antenna, which will appear on the Authorization. Note: Location number (Item 6) and antenna number (Item 7) are used to associate information in the Antenna Information information in the following sections: Frequency Information, Radial Data for Antennas, and Points Section with Communication for Transmitters. To do this, enter the necessary technical information into the Antenna of using Information the appropriate loc ation number and antenna number. Then, enter the necessary technical Section antenna, each of the related sections for that information using the same location number/antenna number pair. in Each antenna specified in the Frequency Information, Radial Data for Ant ennas, and Points of Communication for Sections must have corresponding data in the Antenna Information Section. Transmitters 8 Enter the actual height above Item ground level to the tip of the antenna. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest te nth. Item 9 Enter the average radiation center height above average terrain (AAT) of the eight cardinal radials. Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth. See the rules for your radio service for instructions on calculating AAT. the Item 10 En ter beamwidth of the main lobe of a directional antenna used with a fixed station. Complete this item for fixed stations an only. Enter ‘360’ for omni - directional antenna. input of the of Item 11 Enter the ratio (decibels) the power required at the input of loss - f ree reference antenna to the power supplied to the antenna to produce, in a given direction, the same field strength or the same power - flux density at the same given distance. This with be available from the specification sheet i ncluded should the antenna at the time of information purchase. Item 12 Enter the angle in the horizontal plane of the transmitting antenna main lobe measured clockwise with respect to True North in degrees, or enter ‘360’ to indicate that the transmitting antenna is o mni - directional. Frequency Information This section must be completed only when frequencies are to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding a new frequency, to complete all items for each frequency to be added. If you are modifying a frequency ( i. e. , changing from one operating frequency a different frequency), enter the existing and new frequencies in the appropriate boxes in Item 16. If you are modifying attributes operating existing frequency, in addition to Items 13 and 14, complete o nly the items that have changed for the frequency. If you are deleting of an the frequency, only Items 13 through 17 are required. Frequencies that are currently licensed under this call sign by FCC a will continue to shown on the Authorization as is, unles s be a specific action is requested in this section. Enter frequency information for each antenna specified in the Antenna Information Section. For multiple frequency lines, repeat the frequency. location number combination for each number/antenna For examp le: Location Antenna Frequency (MHz) A1 XXX.XXXX F1 F1 A1 YYY.YYYY F1 A1 ZZZ.ZZZZ F1 A2 AAA.AAAA A2 F1 BBBBB.BBBB CCCCC.CCCC A1 F2 F2 DDDDD.DDDD A1 - FCC 601 Schedule J Instructions August 2016 Page 2 -

110 for Item This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’ 13 Delete. in 14 For each antenna, enter its corresponding location number, as Item Item 6 of the Antenna Information Section of this entered Schedule. Item 15 For each antenna, enter its corresponding antenna n umber, as entered in Item 7 of the Antenna Information Section of this Schedule. the Each location number (Item 14) and antenna number (Item 15) pair specified in Note: Frequency Information Section must have corresponding data in Antenna Information Section. the Item 16 To add frequencies on an antenna at a location, enter in the column labeled ‘New’, the specific center frequencies in Megahertz transmitters (MHz), of the channels on which the are proposed to operate. To modify a frequency on an antenna at a location, you must complete Items 13 - 15 and enter the existing center frequency in the column ‘Existing’ and enter the proposed new center frequency in the column labeled ‘New’. labeled Item 17 Enter the appropriate station class code from the follo wing table. Definitions for most of these items are listed in the Commission’s rules. - ground Signaling FBSI Air FXTS Auxiliary Test FBBS Base Office FXCO Central FXCT Control FXDI Dispatch FXRX Fixed Relay FXSB Fixed Subscriber FBGS Ground - Office FXIO Inter Mobile Subscriber MLSB Repeater FXRP Standby FBST Temporary Fixed FX5 18 This item reports the maximum effective radiated power (ERP) in Item direction on the specified channel. The answer must be any stated in watts. Item 19 Enter the actual trans mitter output power in watts. 20 Complete this item only if the filing requests authority to use Item an emission type that is not already authorized in the FCC rules for service. radio pertinent the in stations use by all - FCC 601 Schedule J Instructions August 2016 Page 3 -

111 Radial for Antennas Data must be completed only when radial data for antennas is to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding new radial section This items for each radial data block to be added. If you are modifying existing radial data, complete all items f or the radial complete data, all block to be modified. If you are deleting radial data, only Items 21 through 24 data are required. Radial data that is currently licensed this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization as is, unless a specific action is requested in this section. under Indicate Item the action the filer wants the FCC on the radial data of the 21 specified antenna. Enter ‘A’ for Add, ‘M’ for Modify, or ‘D’ for Delete. 22 - 24 Enter the location number, antenna number, and channel center frequency, as specified in the Antenna Information and Items Sections. Frequency Information location number, antenna number, and channel center frequency specified in the Radial Data Note: for Each Antennas have corresponding data in the must ntenna Information and Frequency Information Sections. Section A 25 Enter the height of the antenna center of radiation above the average terrain elevation (RCHAAT) along each of the eight Item Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest te nth. cardinal radials. 26 Enter the effective radiated power (ERP) for each of the eight cardinal radials. See the Commission’s Rules for your radio Item calculating instructions on RCHAAT. service for of Communication for Transmitters Points Services describe fixed po ints of communication for: (1) stations in the Rural Radiotelephone These serving individually licensed items point to point transmitters; and (3) point - to - multipoint subscribers; transmitters operating on channels that are assigned only to (2) stations that communicate with four or more points. These items should not be completed by filers for any other purpose. In the Rural Radiotelephone (radio service code CR) only those stations operating under station Services class code FXCT (fixed control station) may complete this section. This section must be completed only when points of communication are to be added, modified, or deleted. If you are adding new points be of complete all items for each point of communication to communication, added. If you are modif ying existing points of communication, all items for the point of communication to be modified. If you are deleting points of communication, only Items 27 through 30 complete are are required. Points of communication that currently licensed under this call sign by the FCC will continue to be shown on the Authorization is, unless a specific action is requested in this section. as specified This item indicates the action the filer wants the FCC to take on the 27 point of communication. Enter ‘A’ for Add , ‘M’ for Item or ‘D’ for Delete. Modify, 28 Enter the corresponding transmit location number, as entered in Item 14 of this schedule. Item Item 29 Enter the corresponding transmitting antenna number, as entered in Item 15 of this schedule. schedule. 30 Enter the corresponding transmitting channel Item frequency, as entered in Item 16 of this center Enter the name of the Item 31 or town of the point of communication. city Item 32 Enter the state of the point of communication. Refer to FCC 601 Main Form Ins tructions, Appendix II, for a list of valid state, jurisdiction, area abbreviations. and frequencies Enter in Megahertz (MHz), the center 33 of the point of communication. Item 34 and 35 Items the geographic coordinates of the location, referenced to the North American Datum of 1983 (NAD83). This Enter information can be determined in many ways, including a GPS receiver, a 7.5 minute topographical quadrangle map of the area, or you may consult the city or county/borough/parish surveyor in your area. Topog raphical maps may be purchased from the U.S. Geological from or 80225. Colorado Denver, in its office Survey, Washington, DC 20242 - FCC 601 Schedule J Instructions August 2016 Page 4 -

112 Note: coordinates (latitude and longitude) for sites in the Continental United States, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Location Alaska, Hawaii, American Samoa, and Guam must be referenced Virgin to the North American Datum of 1983 Islands, Wake for sites in the Northern Mariana Islands, (NAD83). Island, and Midway Island should be referenced Coordinates to the applicable local datums. If the source from which you obtain the coordinates still utilizes an older datum ( i.e. , NAD27, you must convert to NAD83. Conversion routines PRD40) are available through the internet at http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/utilities/nadcon.html. Enter the latitude using the format DD - MM - SS , where the degrees ( DD ) term can have a value in the range of 0 to 72, minutes ( MM ) can range from 0 to 59, and seconds ( SS ) can range from 0 to 59.9. If desi red, seconds may be expressed to the nearest tenth of a second (in case, use the format DD - MM - SS.S). In the lower right corner, specify the direction as either N for North or S for South. which ) the longitude Enter using the format DDD - MM - SS , where the de grees ( DDD term can have a value in the range of 64 to 180, minutes ( MM ) can range from 0 to 59, and seconds ( SS ) can range from 0 to 59.9. If desired, seconds may be expressed to the nearest tenth of right a second (in which case, use the format DDD - MM - SS.S). In the lower corner, specify the direction as either E for East or W for West. sign communication. of point call the of Item 36 Enter the subscriber - FCC 601 Schedule J Instructions August 2016 Page 5 -

113 FCC the for 601 Technic al Data Schedule Approved by OMB ground - (General Aviation), and Paging, Air Rural, J Schedule 3060 - 0798 See 601 Main Form Instructions (Part Services Offshore Radiotelephone 22) burden estimate for public Control Points 3) 2) 1) 4) Location Action Telephone Point Control / D M A / Number ough/Parish, State County/Bor Town, or Street Address, City Number Information Antenna 9) 7) 12) 11) 6) 10) 8) 5) Action Tip Azimuth Height to Height Beamwidth of Main Location of Center of Gain AGL Antenna (dB) A / M / D (meters) (degrees) Radiation Number AAT Number Lobe (meters) (degrees) Frequency Information 19) 20) 15) 13) 16) 18) 14) 17) Action Nonstandard Channel Maximum Center Frequency (MH Z ) T ransmitter Output Antenna Station Location A / D M / Number Class Transmitting Emission Power Number (watts) (watts) Designator ERP New Existing (if mod) New mod) Existing (if mod) Existing (if New New mod) Existing (if New Existing (if mod) mod) Existing (if New Exis ting (if mod) New FCC 601 Schedule J August 2016 1 Page -

114 Data for Radial Antennas o o o o o o o 90 270 135 315 180 225 45 o 0 24) 22) 23) 21) 25) Antenna Action Location Frequency RCHAAT Number Number (meters) D / M A / Z (MH ) 26) ERP (watts) o o o o o o o 45 225 90 315 135 180 270 o 0 25) 21) 24) 23) 22) Frequency Antenna Action Location RCHAAT / D / A M Number Number (meters) ) (MH Z 26) ERP (watts) o o o o o o o 45 270 90 315 135 180 225 o 0 22) 21) 24) 23) 25) Location Frequ ency Antenna Action RCHAAT A / M / D Number Number (meters) (MH Z ) 26) ERP (watts) o o o o o o o 315 90 135 45 180 225 270 o 0 21) 22) 24) 23) 25) RCHAAT Location Frequency Antenna Action / D / M A Number (meters) Number ) Z (MH 26) ERP (watts) o o o o o o o 225 45 315 90 135 270 180 o 0 25) 21) 24) 23) 22) Antenna Location Action Frequency RCHAAT D / M Number Number A / (meters) Z ) (MH 26) ERP (watts) FCC 601 Schedule J August 2016 2 Page -

115 Points for Transmitters Communication of 35) 28) 29) 27) 30) 31) 32) 33) 34) 36) Action nna or Town State Subscriber Channel Center Frequency North Latitude Location Ante West Longitude City SS A / M / D (DD - MM - - D ) ) D - SS - (DDD - MM Frequency Number Number Call Sign (MH Z ) FCC 601 Schedule J August 2016 3 Page -

116 FCC FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION Approved by OMB 601 K – 0798 Schedule 3060 Instructions See 601 Main F orm Instructions Information and burden estimate for public Notifications Required Schedule for for Wireless Services Schedule K, is a supplementary schedule for use with FCC the FCC Application for Radio Service Authorization: Wireless Form 601, Burea u and/or Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau, FCC 601 Main Form. The FCC 601 Main Form Telecommunications be filed in conjunction with this schedule. Complete this schedule to notify the FCC that, within the required time period: must buildout/coverage or con struction requirements have been satisfied; o Either Compliance with yearly station construction commitments for Licensees with approved extended implementation o has been met; plans request a regular authorization for paging o facilities currently operating under To developmental authority. 1 – Item Purpose the one - letter abbreviation that indicates the purpose for which the application is being filed (1, 2, 3, 4, T, S, D, G, or H). Enter filing. one Notification purpose code may be selected per FCC 601 Main F orm/Schedule K Only Note: Cellular Radiotelephone Services (CL) should use the Construction Requirements portion of this schedule. Note: of Buildout/Coverage Requirements (Market - based services and State License Radio Service (SL) only) Satisfaction Codes 1, 2, 3, 4 or T - Choose from these purpose codes if this notification is for satisfaction of buildout/coverage Purpos e Typically, buildout/coverage requirements apply when a specific portion of a geographic area and a specific portion of requirements. contained within that geographic area the must be provided service by a specific date. Not all radio services use all population rules Refer to the Commission’s buildout/coverage for more information on buildout/coverage requirements and how requirements. y may the apply to your service. one of Enter the following Notification Purpose Codes in Item 1: Enter ‘1' if 1st buildout/coverage requirement has been satisfied. Enter if 2nd buildout/coverage requirement has been satisfied. ‘2' requirement if 3rd buildout/ coverage Enter has been satisfied. ‘3' if 4th buildout/coverage requirement ‘4' has been satisfied. Enter Enter ‘T’ if the tribal lands buildout/coverage requirement has been satisfied. A ‘T’ in this field indicates that the requirement the has met for all tribal lands in been market for which bidding credit was awarded. Note: In instances where both the first and the second buildout/coverage requirements have been satisfied at the to time when the first notification requirement is due, use the highest lev el purpose of submission code file the Required For example: If the first coverage deadline is March 1, 2001 and the second is March 1, 2006 Notification. and met your 2006 coverage requirements by and March 1, 2001, use the purpose of submission code ‘ 2’ you submit the require documentation. You do not need separate application for each coverage deadline. a Satisfaction of Construction Requirements (Site - licensed services only) Purpose Code ‘S’ - Choose this purpose code if this is for sa tisfaction of construction requirements. Typically, construction notification requirements apply when specific authorized components of a license must be constructed and service commenced by a specific date. requirements Refer to the Commission’s rules for more information on const ruction and how they may apply to your service. Developmental under Operating Previously Facilities Authority Request for Regular Authorization for - FCC 601 Schedule K Instructions August 2016 Page 1 -

117 Purpose ‘D’ - Choose this purpose code if this is a notification to request regular autho rization for paging facilities previously Code under developmental authority. operating is for Note: Services only. This Paging Implementation (Slow Growth) Extended Codes ‘G’ or ‘H’ – Choose from one of these purpose codes if this is a notification of compliance with station construction Purpose Mobile Land commitments Licensees with approved extended implementation plans. Refer to 47 CFR §§ 90.629 and 90.155 for for on Extended more Implementation. information Enter purpose code ‘G’ in Item 1 for yearly no tification compliance. 1 Enter code ‘H’ in Item purpose for final notification compliance. Note: This is for Land Mobile Radio Services only. Item 2 - Call Signs/Locations or Paths/Frequencies IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING LOCATION AND PATH NUMBE RS: To identify existing paths, locations you must use the location and path numbers or assigned by the Universal Licensing System (ULS). These numbers may not be identical to the location and path numbers on your current authorization if that authoriza tion was not issued by the Universal Licensing System. If you are unsure of the location or path number that corresponds to a particular location or path, you can query the ULS for the most up - to - date information regarding your authorization. To query the ULS license database for your call sign, point your (877) web browser to http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls and click on Search - Licenses. Alternatively, you may call 717 480 - 3201 (TTY - 338 - 2824) for assistance. Fo notification of buildout/coverage requirements (purpose codes 1, 2, 3, 4 or T), only complete Item r 2a. notification of construction requirements (purpose code ‘S’), complete Items 2a through 2g, as For what complete those items necessary to de scribe has been constructed. For example, required. Only notify of construction of a location to a call sign, only complete Items 2a and 2b. under authorization of a request for regular paging for facilities previously operating under For notification tal authority (purpose code ‘D’), only complete those developmen necessary to describe what items has constructed. For example, to notify of construction been a site under a call sign, only complete of Items 2a and 2b. For notification of compliance with yearly stat ion construction commitments for Licensees with only (purpose code ‘G’), complete Item 2a. approved extended implementation plans notification of compliance for final station construction commitments for Licensees with approved For plans (purpose code ‘H’), complete Item 2, as applicable. extended implementation In this item, Item the call signs. 2a Call signs are located on FCC Authorizations. list numbers Item In this item list the location 2b where construction requirements have been satisfied. Locat ion numbers are listed on FCC Authorizations and are used in the following radio services: Land Aviation Maritime Coast, Cellular, Ground, Mobile, and Paging Services. Item 2c In this item list the path numbers where construction requirements have been sa tisfied. Path Microwave in the used only Services. Radio numbers are located on FCC Authorizations and are - FCC 601 Schedule K Instructions August 2016 Page 2 -

118 Items and 2e In this item list the frequencies, in Megahertz (MHz), where construction 2d have been satisfied. Enter the center (assign ed) frequency, or the lower frequency of a requirements frequency in Item 2d. If applicable, enter the upper frequency of a band, band in Item 2e. frequency are located on frequencies FCC Authorizations. Authorized 2f site In this item enter the actual date of construc tion for Item based licenses only (mm/dd/yyyy). Item 2g In this item list number of operational This item only applies to Land Mobile Radio mobiles. Services operating in the 470 - 512 MHz band and non - SMR conventional systems operating above 800 MHz only . 3 - Certification Item is By signing the FCC 601 Main Form, the Applicant certifies that the statement listed in this section correct, complete and true, good faith. in and made - FCC 601 Schedule K Instructions August 2016 Page 3 -

119 601 Schedule for FCC by OMB Approved K Schedule 3060 Required – for 0798 Notifications Instructions Wireless Services See 601 Main Form burden For public estimate 1) Purpose purpose of this submission: Enter one purpose only - 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , T , S , D , G or The H ( ) See below and refer to instructions . State B uildout/Coverage Requirements ( Market - based services and of License Radio Service (SL) only ) Satisfaction 1 1st buildout/coverage requirements for the referenced system have been met. (List call signs in 2a) 2 2nd buildout/coverage requirements for the referenced syst em have been met. (List call signs in 2a) 3 3rd buildout/coverage requirements for the referenced system have been met. (List call signs in 2a) 4 4th buildout/coverage requirements for the referenced system have met. (List call signs in 2a) been T Tribal la nds buildout/coverage requirements for the referenced system have been met. (List call signs in 2a) Satisfaction of Construction Requirements (Site licensed services only) - S Construction requirements for the referenced parameters have been met. (List, as applicable, call signs, locations or paths, frequencies, actual units date of construction and mobile in Item 2.) only) Request for Regular Authorization for services Facilities Operating under Developmental Authority (Paging D to request reg ular authorization for facilities previously operating under developmental authority. (List, as applicable, call signs, Notification locations, frequencies actual date of construction in Item 2.) and (Land Implementation (Slow Growth) Extended Mobile Services only) G No tification of compliance with yearly station construction commitments for Licensees with approved extended implementation plans. (List call signs Item 2a.) in H Final notification that construction requirements have been met for the referenced system with a pproved extended implementation plan. (List, in as applicable, call signs, locations, frequencies, actual date of construction and mobile units Item 2.) Call 2) or Paths/Frequencies Signs/Locations 2a) 2b) 2c) 2d) 2e) 2f) 2g) Call Location Path Number Center (Assigned) Upper Actual Date of Number of Sign (MHz) or Lower Frequency Number Construction Operational (Microwave (MHz) (mm/dd/yyyy) only) Mobiles Frequency (see instructions) 3) Certific ation By signing the M ain Form, the Applicant certifies, as set forth in 47 CFR § 1.946(c) of the Commission’s Rules, that it has commenced on expirati of its service or operations by the expiration of its construction period, or met its coverage or substantial service obligations by the coverage period. FCC 601 Schedule K August 2016 Page 1 -

120 FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION FCC 601 by Approved OMB Schedule L 3060 - 0798 Instructions See 601 Main Form public for burden estimate Information and Instructions Request for Extension of Time Schedule for Waiver Services Wireless for FCC 601, Schedule L, is a supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Form Radio Service Authorization: Wireless and/or Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau, FCC 601 Main Form. Complete this schedule to Telecommunications Bureau st of FCC rules for additional time to satisfy a buildout/coverage or construction requirements. The FCC 601 Main Form reque waiver be filed in conjunction with this schedule. must Note: for a waiver fee must accompany waiver of FCC rules for additiona l time to Requests construct and place a station in applicable). operation (if Item - Purpose 1 the one - letter abbreviation that indicates the purpose for which the application is being filed (1, 2, 3, 4, T or S). Enter Note: one Extension of Time Request p urpose code may be Only selected per FCC 601 Main Form/Schedule L filing. Cellular Radiotelephone Services (CL) should use the Construction Requirements portion of this schedule. Note: License Requirements (Market - based services and State Ra dio Service (SL) only) Buildout/Coverage or code 1, 2, 3, 4 request T - Choose one of these codes if this is a Purpose for an extension of time to complete buildout/coverage requirements. buildout/coverage requirements apply when a specific portion of a geographi c area and a specific portion of Typically, contained within that geographic area must be provided service by a specific date. Not all radio services use all the population requirements. Refer to the Commission’s Rules for more information on buildo ut/coverage buildout/coverage requirements and how they may apply to your service. Enter one of the following Extension Request Purpose Codes in Item 1: Enter ‘1' if an extension is being requested for 1st buildout/coverage requirements. Enter ‘2' if an extension is being requested for 2nd buildout/coverage requirements. Enter if an extension is being requested for 3rd buildout/coverage requirements. ‘3' an extension is being requested if for 4th buildout/coverage requirements. Enter ‘4' ‘T’ if an extension is Enter being requested for the tribal lands buildout/coverage requirements. A ‘T’ in this field indicates that the extension request is for all tribal lands in the market for which a bidding credit was awarded. (Site - Construction Requirements services only) licensed Note: Do not use FCC 601 Schedule L to request an extended implementation period for Private Land Mobile Radio with Services. To modify a license for an extended implementation period file FCC 601 Main Form the purpose of MD Modification and, enter ‘Y’ for Item 8 of FCC 601 Schedule H, and attach supporting documentation. - code ‘S’ Purpose Choose this purpose code if this is a request for an extension of time to complete construction requirements. - Typically, construction requirements apply when specifi c authorized components of a license must be constructed and service information commenced a specific date. Refer to the Commission’s Rules for more by on construction requirements and how they may apply to your service. ‘S’ in Item 1 to request an extension to meet construction requirements for a site - licensed service. An extension of time may be Enter portions specific or license entire license. the of requested for the - FCC 601 Schedule L Instructions August 2016 Page 1 -

121 Item - Buildout/Coverage/Construction Requirements 2 also new buildout/coverag e/construction expiration date you are requesting in Item 2. You must the attach an exhibit describing Enter and justification for circumstances waiver request. the the 3 - Call Signs/Locations or Paths/Frequencies Item IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING LOCATI ON AND PATH NUMBERS: To identify existing locations or paths, you must use (ULS). or the path numbers assigned by the Universal Licensing System location These numbers may not be identical to the location or path numbers on your current authorization if t hat authorization was not issued by the Universal Licensing System. If you are unsure path, of location or path number that corresponds to a particular location or the you can query the ULS for the most up - to - date information regarding your authorization. To query the ULS license database for your call sign, point your web browser to http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls and click on Search - Licenses. Alternatively, you may call (877) 480 - 3201 (TTY 717 - 338 - 2824) for a ssistance. request an extension of time to meet buildout/coverage To requirements (purpose codes 1,2,3,4 or T), complete only Item 3a. To request an extension of time to meet construction requirements (purpose code S), complete Items 3a through 3e, as re quired. Only complete items necessary to describe the extension of time requested. For example, to request an extension of time to construct those under a call sign, only complete Items 3a and 3b. a location 3a In this item list the call signs where an extension of time to meet buildout/coverage or construction requirements has Item been requested. Call signs are located on FCC Authorizations. 3b In this item list the Item location numbers where an extension of time to meet construction requirements has been requested. Location numbers are listed on FCC Authorizations and are used in the following radio services: Aviation Ground, Maritime Coast, Cellular, Mobile, and Paging Services. Land 3c In this item list the path numbers Item where an extension of t ime to meet construction requirements has been requested. Path numbers are located on FCC Authorizations and are only used in the Microwave Radio Services. 3d and 3e In this item list the frequencies, in Megahertz (MHz), where an extension of time t o meet Items construction requirements lower has been requested. Enter the center (assigned) frequency, or the frequency of a frequency band, in Item 3d. If applicable, enter FCC on located are frequencies Authorizations. the upper frequency of a frequency band in Item 3e. Authorized - FCC 601 Schedule L Instructions August 2016 Page 2 -

122 FCC Schedule for Waiver Request for Extension of Time Approved by OMB 601 L 3060 for Wireless Services - 0798 Schedule 601 Form Main Instructions See public burden estimate for Purpose 1) purpose of this submission: Enter one pur pose only - 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , T , or S ( ) See below and The refer to instructions . Buildout/Coverage Requirements (Market - based services and License Radio Service (SL) only) State 1 Extension of Time to meet 1st buildout/coverage requirements. (List call signs in 3a ) 2 Extension of Time to meet 2nd buildout/coverage requirements. (List call signs in 3a) buildout/coverage 3 Extension of Time to meet 3rd requirements. (List call signs in 3a) 4 Extension of Time to meet 4th buildout/coverage requirements. (List call signs in 3a) T of Time to meet tribal lands buildout/coverage requirements. (List call Extension signs in 3a) Construction Requirements (Site - services only) licensed S Extension of Time to meet construction requirements (List, as applicable, call signs, locations o r paths, and frequencies in Item 3.) 2) New Buildout/Coverage/Construction Expiration Date circumstances/justification. Attach describing exhibit requested: (mm/dd/yy) date Enter Signs/Locations Call 3) Paths/Frequencies or 3d) 3c) 3e) 3a) 3b) Number Center (Assigned) Lower Path Upp er Frequency (MHz) or Sign Number Location Call (MHz) (Microwave only) Frequency FCC 601 Schedule L August 2016 Page 1 -

123 FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION OMB by Approved FCC 601 3060 0798 – Instruc Form Main 601 tions See Information and Instructions M Schedule burden estimate for public Schedule for Registration & 90 (Parts 101) 601, Schedule M, is a supplementary schedule for use with the FCC Application for Radio Service Authorization: Wireless Form FCC 601 Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau, FCC Bureau Main Fo rm. Schedule M is not used with Telecommunications and/or service Complete this schedule to register a link in radio license MM - Millimeter Wave 70/80/90 GHz Service initial applications. GHz), transmitter location for radio service IQ or (70/80/90 – Dedicated Short Range Com munications Service/Intelligent QQ (ITS), or register a location in the radio service NN – 3650 – 3700 MHz Service. You must have a license (call Transportation Service prior filing a registration to for a location/link. sign) Schedule M or groups of S chedule M must be filed with the FCC 601 Main Form. The main form must designate Each the purpose as this schedule is included. For 70/80/90 GHz and 3650 – when MHz, Schedule M (link registrations) must be filed ‘RL’ 3700 . electronically 1 It indicates th e action the Licensee wants the FCC to take on the specified registered location/link. Enter ‘A’ to Add, ‘M’ to Item or to delete. Modify, ‘D’ If response to Item 1 is ‘M’ (modify), Item or ‘D’ (delete), 2 enter the previously registered location/link number. If response to Item 1 is (add), the FCC will assign an official number to the new location/link, which will appear on the registration. ‘A’ For GHz, enter the link registration number provided by the third party database manager, or leave blank a nd the FCC will 70/80/90 assign. 3 This item is required for fixed locations if the action requested Item Item 1 is ‘A’ or ‘M’ and if antenna structure registration is in (see notes below), enter the seven digit FCC Antenna Structure Registration Number ( shown on the structure’s registration, required or FCC 854 File Number. Otherwise, enter FCC N/A to indicate that FAA notification is not required. 854R) 7/1/96 the Commission requires owners to Effective register certain structures. When required, antenna Note: must be registered using FCC 854. The use of this FCC 601 to supply antenna structure structures not information replace the requirement to register antenna structures on the FCC 854. For more does - information, web site at http://wireless.fcc.gov/antenna , call (877) 480 see 3201 (TTY 717 - 338 - 2824), or our visit http://esupport.fcc.gov . Note: If, in accordance with 47 CFR § 17.14, Antenna Structure Registration is not required because the structure functional is by existing structures or because it is fixed by its shielded purpose, submit supporting documentation as an attachment your application. to Item 4 This item is optional. Enter a site name that describ es the location (up to 20 characters maximum). coordinates 5 and 6 Enter the geographic Items of the transmit location referenced to NAD83. Enter the latitude using the format DD - MM - SS.S , where the degrees ( DD ) term can have a value in the range of 0 to 72, minutes ( MM ) can from 0 to 59, and seconds ( SS.S ) can range from 0 to 59.9. In the right corner, specify the direction as either N for North or range South. S for the longitude using the format DDD - MM - SS.S , where the degrees ( DDD ) term can have a value in the range of 64 to 180, Enter MM ) can range from 0 to 59, and seconds ( SS.S ) can minutes range from 0 to 59.9. In the right corner, specify the direction as either ( East E for or W for West. of coordinates must be referenced to the North All American Datum 1983 (NAD83). This information can be determined in many ways, including a GPS receiver, a 7.5 - minute topographical quadrangle map of the area, or you may consult the city or county/borough/parish equivalent entity surveyor in your area. Topogr aphical maps may be purchased from the U.S. Geological or DC 20242 or from its office in Survey, Denver, Colorado 80225. Washington, Continental Location coordinates (latitude and Note: longitude) for sites in the United States, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgi n Islands, Alaska, Hawaii, American Samoa, and Guam must be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983 (NAD83). and Coordinates sites in the Northern Mariana Islands, Wake Island, for Midway Island should be referenced to the applicable local datum. I f the source from which you obtain the coordinates still utilizes an older datum ( i.e. , NAD27, PRD40) you must available convert to NAD83. Conversion routines are through the internet at http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/utilities/nadcon.html . the City which in located. is Transmitter Item 7 This item must be completed with the - FCC 601 Schedule M Instructions August 2016 Page 1 -

124 Item (Not required for ITS) This item must be completed with the County/Borough/Parish or equivalent entity in whi ch the 8 located unless any of the following pertain to the Transmit Station location: Transmitter is the city entered in Item 7 is an Independent City that is not affiliated with a County/Borough/Parish (i.e., Baltimore, MD) a) is State code entered in Item 9 b) GM, Gulf of Mexico the Refer 9 This item must be completed with the State code Item which the Transmitter is located. to FCC 601 Main Form in Instructions, Appendix II, for a list of valid jurisdiction and area codes. state, Item 10 Enter the elevation above mean sea level (AMSL) of the ground at the antenna location. Enter this item in meters, rounded to nearest tenth. Refer to letter ‘a’ in the antenna structure figure examples on page 2 of these instructions. This information can the be determined i n many ways, including a GPS receiver, 7.5 minute topographical quadrangle map of the area, or you may consult the city or county/borough/parish or equivalent entity surveyor in your area. Topographical maps may be purchased from the U.S. Geological Surve y, Washington, DC 20242 or from its office in Denver, Colorado 80225. Item 11 Enter the height above ground level to the highest point of the supporting structure only . Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth. For example, if the antenna consists s tructure of a building/tower combination, include any elevator shaft, pole, or penthouse in the overall support structure height, but not the antenna, tower, pole, or mast. If the antenna flag antenna. a tower only, include the height of the t ower but not the Refer to letter ‘b’ in the antenna structure figure structure is below. examples 12 Enter the overall height above ground level of the entire antenna structure to Item highest point, including any appurtenances. the Enter this item in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth. You must include antennas, dishes, obstruction lighting, Refer to letter etc. ‘c’ in the antenna structure figure examples below. Examples: Figure Antenna Structure Item 13 Enter the code for the type of structure on w hich the antenna is or will be mounted from the following valid structure types: Code Definition Building B Building Antenna on with Top BANT Building with Mast BMAST Building BPIPE with Pipe with Pole BPOLE Building Bridge BRIDG BTWR with Tower Building structure used for communication purposes GTOWER Guyed Lattice Tower LTOWER MAST Mast MTOWER Monopole Guyed NNGTANN* Tower Array NNLTANN* Lattice Tower Array NNMTANN* Array Monopole Any type of Pipe PIPE of Pole POLE Any type Oil or RIG type of Rig other S Any type of IGN or Billboard Sign SILO Any type of Silo STACK Smoke Stack TANK Any type of Tank (water, gas, etc.) TREE When used as a support for an antenna service provide to etc.) telephone, (electric, UPOLE Utility Pole/Tower used - FCC 601 Schedule M Instructions August 2016 Page 2 -

125 * Tower Array s. Code definition: The first NN indicates the number of towers in an array. The second NN Valid 3GTA2 optional indicates the position of that tower in the array ( e.g. , and would identify the second tower in a is tower array). three 14 and 15 Not require d for ITS and 3650 – 3700 MHz. Enter the geographic coordinates of the receiver location referenced to Item NAD83. the latitude using the format DD - MM - SS.S , where the degrees ( DD ) term can have a value in the range of 0 to 72, minutes ( MM ) Enter the range from 0 to 59, and seconds ( SS ) can range from 0 to 59.9. In right corner, specify the direction as either N for North or S can South. for the longitude using the format DDD - MM - SS.S , where the degrees ( DDD ) term can have a value in the range of 64 to 180 , minutes Enter 59.9. MM can range from 0 to 59, and seconds ( SS ) can range from 0 to In the right corner, specify the direction as either E for East or ( ) for West. W coordinates must be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983 (NAD83). This informati on can be determined in many ways, All GPS receiver, a 7.5 - minute topographical quadrangle map of the area, or you may consult the city or county/borough/parish including a equivalent entity surveyor in your area. Topographical maps may be purchased from th e U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, DC or Denver, its office in from Colorado 80225. 20242 or Location coordinates (latitude and longitude) for sites in the Continental United States, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Note: American Alaska, Hawaii, Virgin Sam oa, and Guam must be referenced to the North American Datum Islands, (NAD83). Coordinates for sites in the Northern 1983 Mariana Islands, Wake Island, and Midway Island of should be referenced to the applicable local datum. If the source from which you obtain the c oordinates still NAD83. utilizes older datum ( i.e. , NAD27, PRD40) you must convert to an Conversion routines are available through the internet http://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/utilities/nad con.html. at Item 16 Enter the name of the manufacturer of the transmitting antenna. Item 17 Enter the model of the transmitting antenna. number Item 18 Enter the gain of the transmitting antenna in decibels referenced to an isotropic radiator (dBi). Ite m 19 Enter the beamwidth (degrees, rounded to one decimal place) of the transmitting antenna. That is, enter the angular distance between half power points of the antenna’s major lobe in the horizontal plane. For omnidirectional antennas, enter ‘360’. the rounded Enter the height above ground level to the center of the transmitting antenna. Enter this item in meters, 20 to the nearest Item a parabolic dish antenna, this is the height For to the center of the dish. tenth. 21 Enter the azimuth of the transmit antenna in degrees (rounded to one Item place) clockwise from True North. For decimal omnidirectional antennas, enter ‘360’. the 22 Enter the elevation angle of the transmitting antenna (rounded to the nearest degree), measured from the horizontal Item to up center line of the main beam of the antenna. If the antenna tilts down (depression angle), indicate with a minus sign. Item 23 Not required for ITS. Indicate polarization with the following codes: Acceptable polarizations for 70/80/90 GHz: Ac ceptable polarizations for 3650 - 3700 MHz: Degrees – D - Dual Plus/Minus 45 Vertical V – Horizontal E - Elliptical H – Right - hand circular F - 45 degrees R - Left - hand circular H L Horizontal – - – L - Left Variable hand circular S - Right - hand circular R - S a nd vertical Horizontal - T left - hand Right circular and V - Vertical X - Other (provide a description in an attachment) For linear polarization other than horizontal or vertical, the polarization be stated in degrees measured from the vertical, with should angles between 1 and +89 degrees denoting the outgoing electric field vector displacement in the clockwise direction, and angles between - 1 and - 89 degrees denoting the outgoing electric field vector displacement in the counterclockwise direction. of manufacturer the antenna. receiving the Item 24 Not required f or ITS and 3650 – 3700 MHz. Enter the name of - FCC 601 Schedule M Instructions August 2016 Page 3 -

126 Item Not required for ITS and 3650 – 3700 MHz. Enter the model number of the receiving antenna. 25 Not required for ITS and 3650 – 3700 MHz. Enter the gai n of the receiving antenna in decibels referenced to an isotropic 26 Item (dBi). radiator Not required for ITS and 3650 – 3700 MHz. Enter the beamwidth (degrees, rounded to one decimal place) of the receiving Item 27 enter the angular distance b etween the half power points of the antenna’s That major lobe in the horizontal plane. For antenna. is, antennas, enter ‘360’. omnidirectional 28 Not required for ITS and 3650 – 3700 MHz. Enter the height Item ground level to the center of the receiving antenna. Ente r above in meters, rounded to the nearest tenth. For a parabolic dish antenna, this is the height to the center of the dish. this item Not required for ITS and 3650 – 3700 MHz. Enter the azimuth of Item receive antenna in degrees (rounded to one decimal the 29 clockwise from True North. place), Not required for ITS and 3650 – 3700 Item Enter the 30 elevation angle of the receiving antenna (rounded to the nearest degree), MHz. from the horizontal up to the center line of the main beam of the antenna. If the antenna tilts down (depression angle), measured with a minus sign. indicate Not required for ITS and 3650 – Item 3700 MHz. 31 Enter the name of the manufacturer of the transmitter. 32 Not required for ITS. Enter the model number/FCC ID number of the tr ansmitter. Item ITS operations only. Enter the class (A, B, C or D) of the equipment used. The equipment class is Item on the communication based 33 (A - 15m, B 100m, C - 400m, D - 1000m) of the roadside unit. zone - Item required for ITS and 3650 – 34 3700 MHz. Enter the transmitter stability (percentage). Not station Not required for 3650 – 3700 MHz. Enter the appropriate Item class code. For 70/80/90 GHz, the only valid station class is 35 station ITS, the only valid For class is FB. FXO. 36 Not require d for ITS. For 70/80/90 GHz enter the center frequency in MHz. For 3650 – 3700 MHz enter the Item frequency or center lower and upper frequency band edge in MHz. that 37 For ITS operations only. Check all Item service channel numbers the Roadside Unit will be using. The service channel numbers are 170 (reserved), 172, 174, 175, 176, 180, 181, 182, and 184. Checking 'All' will select channels 174, 175, 176, 180, 181 and 182. If all more one channel is selected, the EIRP, Item 40, must be identical for than chan nels. (Note: Control Channel 178 will be given to all users; Channel 172 is designated for public safety applications; and Channel 184 is restricted to government entities.) minimum 38 Not required for ITS and 3650 – 3700 MHz. Enter the Item transmitter o utput power in dBm if automatic transmitter power control is employed. Not Item 39 required for 3650 – 3700 MHz. Enter the maximum transmitter output power in dBm. Item 40 Enter the Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP), in dBm rounded to one decima l place, radiated off the transmitting antenna. 70/80/90 if Automatic Transmitter Power Control is GHz, employed, specify the maximum EIRP. For 41 Not required for ITS. Enter the transmitter emission designator, composed of its necessary bandwidth an d emission type. (See Item and 2.202 for further information on emission Sections 2.201 bandwidth designation. and Not required for ITS. Enter the appropriate Modulation Scheme (e.g. AM, FM, OFDM, Item QAM, etc.). 42 43 Not Item required for ITS and 3650 – 37 00 MHz. Enter the name of the manufacturer of the receiver. Item 44 Not required for ITS and 3650 – 3700 MHz. Enter the model number of the receiver. Item 45 Not required for ITS and 3650 – 3700 MHz. Enter the receiver stability (percentage). Item 46 Not required for ITS and 3650 – 3700 MHz. Enter the receiver noise figure (dB). operations 47 For Item 70/80/90 GHz, refer to Rule 1.928(f). For ITS that require coordination with Canada, answer ‘Y’ only if operation is north of Line A (or east of Line C) and the station is operating with a power (ERP) greater than 5 watts. Refer to Rule 1.928(e) for a definition Line A (or of Line C). Item 48 This item is required for compliance the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), as amended, 42 U.S.C. 4321 - with be 'N'. item must or 'Y' either answered, 4335. See also Part 1, Subpart I of the FCC rules (47 CFR 1.1301 - 1.1319). This - FCC 601 Schedule M Instructions August 2016 Page 4 -

127 Enter if an FCC grant of this application will have a significant environmental effect. Section 1.1307 of the FCC rules lists categories 'Y' environmental for which Applicants must file an environment assessment. Other wise enter 'N'. Examples of facilities that may of effects include: effect on the environment a have significant zoning structure located in a reside ntial area defined by applicable laws) that will utilize high intensity aviation antenna An (as lighting obstruction in an officially designated wilderness area, wildlife preserve, or floodplain A facility located facility that a site significant in American history A affects construction involves extensive changes in surface features A facility whose transmitters operations, (not otherwise excluded) that or would cause non - Facilities, with the limits specified in § 1.1310 compliance one Applicants filin g for a new or modified fixed station located in 49a of the Quiet Zone areas listed below must notify the proper Item and indicate the date such notification was sent in Item 49a. Those applications who are proposing to modify other technical authority rs but not limited to frequency, power, antenna height, etc.) (including, of their system operations where the station is currently paramete to operate within the quiet zone area, must also notify the proper authority and indicate the date such notificat ion was sent in authorized FCC See Part 1, Subpart F of the Rules (47 CFR 1.924) Item 49a. 49b If the Applicant has obtained prior written consent from the Quiet Zone entity for the technical parameters specified in the Item copy “Y” and include a application, of the consent as a Quiet Zone Consent attachment. If prior written consent has not been enter obtained, “N”. enter Quiet Zone areas: National Radio Astronomy Observatory, Green Bank, 4. County, West Virginia. The quiet zone is located within Pocohontas Virgin ia, West Virginia, and Garrett County, Maryland and bounded by N 39 degrees 15’ 0.4” on the north, W 78 degrees 29’ on the east, N 37 degrees 30’ 0.4” on the south, and W 80 degrees 29’ 59.2” 59.0” on the west. Contact the Director, National Radio Astronom y Observatory, P. O. Box 2, Green Bank, WV 24944. 2. Arecibo Observatory, Puerto Rico. The quiet zone consists of the Puerto Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques, and Box Culebra Contact the Interference Office, Arecibo Observatory, Post Office islands. 53995, Arecibo, Puerto Rico 00612, or at [email protected] . electronically 50 For ITS operations. Enter ‘Y’ if the registration location requires coordination with NTIA otherwise enter ‘N’. See rule 90.371(b) Item to determ ine if NTIA coordination is required. For 70/80/90 GHz. Enter ‘Y’ if the link requires coordination with NTIA due to a “yellow light” response from NTIA’s automated system, ‘N’. otherwise, enter 51 For 3650 – 3700 MHz Service Operations. Enter ‘Y’ i f you certify that you have negotiated an agreement Item with the grandfathered satellite earth station Licensee to operate within 150 km of grandfathered satellite earth station. Otherwise, enter ‘N’. the Item 52a For 3650 – 3700 MHz Service Operations. In a ccordance with 47 CFR 90.7 and 90.1305 stations in the 3650 - 3700 MHz service employ a transmission method or protocol that allows multiple users to share the spectrum. Transmission methods or must fall into two categories, unrestricted or r estricted. Unrestricted may protocols are broadly compatible and function to prevent protocols interference even with other, dissimilar contention technologies on the market ( e.g. listen before talk). Restricted contention protocols can prevent interference only with ot her devices incorporating the same protocol ( e.g. scheduling protocols). Enter "R" if you employ a you restricted transmission method or protocol, or "U" if employ an unrestricted transmission method or protocol. or methods employ. will you protocols Item 52b For 3650 – 3700 MHz Service Opera tions. Enter or specify what transmission - FCC 601 Schedule M Instructions August 2016 Page 5 -

128 FCC 601 Registration Schedule for OMB by Approved (Parts & 0798 Schedule M 90 101) 3060 - See Form Main 601 estimate public for burden elete 1) ( ) A dd, Action: M odify or D 2) Number: Registration Location/Link Site Data 854 3) FCC Antenna St ructure Registration, FCC File Number or N/A: 4) Site Name: Transmitter 5) Latitude (DD - MM - SS.S): NAD83 6) Longitude (DDD - MM - SS.S): NAD83 Transmitter ) N or S ( ( ) E or W 7) 8) County/Borough/Parish: 9) State: City: 10) Elevation of Site AMSL (mete rs) Overall Ht AGL Without 12) Overall Ht AGL With Appurtenances 11) (‘a’ in Appurtenances (meters) (‘b’ in antenna structure example): in structure antenna (meters) (‘c’ example): antenna structure example): 13) Structure Type: Support Receiver Lati tude (DD - MM - SS.S): NAD83 NAD83 SS.S): 14) MM - (DDD 15) Receiver Longitude - or N ) ( ( ) E or W S Antenna Data Transmitter Antenna Manufacturer: 16) 17) Transmitter Antenna Model Number: 18) Transmitter Antenna Gain (dBi): Antenna 19) Transmitter Beamwidth Line 20) Transmitter Antenna Center Degrees): (meters - AGL): ( Antenna Transmitter Antenna Azimuth (Degrees): 21) Transmitter Elevation Angle (Degrees): 22) 23) Polarization: 24) Receiver Antenna Manufacturer: 25) Receiver Antenna Model Number: 26) er Antenna Gain (dBi): Receiv 27) Receiver Antenna Beamwidth (Degrees): Receiver Antenna Elevation Angle 28) Receiver Antenna Center Line 29) Receiver Antenna Azimuth 30) (meters - AGL): (Degrees): (Degrees): FCC 601 Schedule M August 2 1 Page - 016

129 Data Equipment C ID Number: er/FC Numb Model 31) Transmitter Manufacturer: 32) Transmitter (%): Stability 33) Equipment Class: 34) Transmitter A B D C reserved is 170 (Channel 36) Transmitter Center Upper Frequenc Number Channel 37) Edge Band y 35) Transmitter for use): ure fut Lower Frequency or (MHz): Station (MHz): Frequency Band Edge (Reserved) Class: 170 ( ) 172 ( ) 174 ) ( ) 175 ( ) 176 ( ) 180 ( 181 ) ( All ) ( 184 ) ( 182 ansmitter Output 40) EI 38) Minimum Transmitter Output Power (if 39) Maximum Tr RP ( dBm): Power Control is ): Power (dBm Automatic Transmitter (dBm): employed) Emission Transmitter 41) Designator: Scheme: 42) Modulation 43) Manufacturer: Receiver 45) Receiver Stability (%): B): 47) Do you propose to operate in an area that requires frequency coordination with Canada or Mexico? ( ) Y es N o 48) Wo uld a Commission grant of Authorization for this location be an action which may have a significant ( ) Y es N o as assessment environmental an environmental effect? See Section 1.1307 of 47 CFR. If ‘Yes’, submit required 47 CFR, Sections 1.1308 and 1.13 11. by site is located in one of the Quiet Zones listed in 49a) If 49b of the the Instructions, provide the date (mm/dd/yyyy) that the proper Item Quiet Zone entity was notified: _/ / 49b) Has the Applicant obtained prior written consent from the proper Q uiet Zone entity for the same technical parameters that are Y specified this application? ( ) in es N o 50) Does the registration location/link require coordination with NTIA? ( ) Y es N o For 70/80/90 GHz. Enter ‘Y’ if coordination the link requires with NTIA due to a yellow light from NTIA’s automated system, otherwise, ‘N’. enter grandfathered your base or fixed station is located within 150 km 51) If of a satellite earth station, do you ( ) Y es N o certify that you have negotiated an agreement with th e grandfathered satellite earth station Licensee to the station that you are operate registering within that protected zone? 52a) Do you employ a transmission method or protocol that is categorized as restricted or unrestricted? or ( ) R estricted U nrestr icted employ. or transmission protocols you will 52b) Enter the name or description of the methods FCC 601 Schedule M August 2 2 Page - 016

Related documents

7660

7660

DIRECTORY of MISSISSIPPI HEALTH FACILITIES Mississippi State Department of Health Main Office: 570 East Woodrow Wilson Jackson, Mississippi 39216 Health Facilities Licensure and Certification Physical...

More info »
FAST Act Modernization and Simplification of Regulation S K

FAST Act Modernization and Simplification of Regulation S K

Conformed to Federal Register version SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 17 CFR Parts 229, 230, 232, 239, 240, 249, 270, 274, and 275 10618; 34 -85381; IA -5206; IC [Release No. 33- File No. S7 -08- 1...

More info »
Concept Release: Business and Financial Disclosure Required by Regulation S K

Concept Release: Business and Financial Disclosure Required by Regulation S K

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 17 CFR Parts 210, 229, 230, 232, 239, 240 and 249 No. 33- 10064; 34 06- 16 Release -77599; File No. S7- AL78 RIN 3235- REGULATION S -K BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL DISCLOS...

More info »
state agency listing

state agency listing

STATE AGENCY LISTING Animal Health, Board of Accountancy, Public Board of ( c ontinued) , Suite 104 5 Old River Place - 7320 354 - Jackson, MS 39202 ... 601 State Veterinarian 121 North Jefferson Stre...

More info »
CDIR 2018 07 27

CDIR 2018 07 27

S. Pub. 115-7 2017-2018 Official Congressional Directory 115th Congress Convened January 3, 2017 JOINT COMMITTEE ON PRINTING UNITED STATES CONGRESS UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PUBLISHING OFFICE WASHINGTO...

More info »
FY 2019 PB Green Book

FY 2019 PB Green Book

NATIONAL BUDGET DEFENSE ESTIMATES FOR FY 201 9 OFFICE OF THE UNDER SECRE TA RY OF DEFENSE (COMPTROLLER) APRIL 201 8

More info »
Little”

Little”

The Economic Benefits of More Fully Utilizing Advanced 2 201 M ay Practice Registered Nurses in the Provision of Health An Analysis of Local and Statewide Effects on Care in Texas: Business Activity T...

More info »
NCDOT Current STIP

NCDOT Current STIP

May 2019 NCDOT Current STIP

More info »
summer schedule full

summer schedule full

Summer Semester 2019 Class Schedule May 9, 2019 as of Subj Crse CRN Course Type Title Days Time Bldg/Rm Cred Instructor Course Fee Start Date - End Date Campus Part Term BB 321 Financial Accounting I ...

More info »
U7112 UCARE CONNECT + MEDICARE PROVIDERDIR MAY 2019 DATA.sv

U7112 UCARE CONNECT + MEDICARE PROVIDERDIR MAY 2019 DATA.sv

UCare Connect + Medicare Provider and Pharmacy Directory Introduction This Provider and Pharmacy Directory includes information about the provider and pharmacy types in UCare Connect + Medicare and li...

More info »
untitled

untitled

U E T C K N N T Y O Y T R E E T D I R E C T O R S LISA POSTHUMUS LYONS R Y HO A A KE M LLI NR KENT COUNTY CLERK / REGISTER OF DEEDS U NT Y C LE R K/R EG IS TER O F D EED S KENT C O 2017 - 2018 2007-20...

More info »
u7112 connectplus directories 2019

u7112 connectplus directories 2019

UCare Connect + Medicare Provider and Pharmacy Directory Introduction This Provider and Pharmacy Directory includes information about the provider and pharmacy types in UCare Connect + Medicare and li...

More info »
Order 7360.1D Aircraft Type Designators

Order 7360.1D Aircraft Type Designators

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION ORDER Air Traffic Organization Policy 7360.1D JO Effective Date: 05/24/2018 SUBJ: Aircraft Type Designators This directive provides ai...

More info »
NAC Mental Illness Study 2016 FINAL WEB

NAC Mental Illness Study 2016 FINAL WEB

ON PINS & NEEDLES Caregivers of adults with mental illness February 2016 Conducted in partnership with

More info »
Monthly Energy Review – April 2019

Monthly Energy Review – April 2019

DOE/EIA ‐ 0035( 2019/4 ) April 2019 Monthly Energy Review www.eia.gov/mer

More info »
Annual Energy Review 2011   Released September 2012

Annual Energy Review 2011 Released September 2012

D / E I A - 0 3 8 4 ( 2 0 1 1 ) E | S e p t e m b e r 2 0 1 2 O 1 1 0 2 w e i v e R y g r A n n u a l E n e . r a / v o g e a i e . w w w

More info »
UL White Book

UL White Book

GUIDE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT THE WHITE BOOK 2015-16 UL PRODUCT CATEGORIES CORRELATED TO THE 2011 AND 2014 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE® UL’s General Guide Information is updated daily. To co...

More info »
pisa 2012 results volume I

pisa 2012 results volume I

PISA 2012 Results: What Students Know and Can Do tICS, themA StuDent PeRfoRmAnCe In mA ReADIng AnD SCIenCe Volume I rogramme for ssessment A tudent S nternational I P

More info »